RESIDENTIAL AIR-CONDITIONING
TECHNICAL MANUAL & PARTS LIST
INVERTER WALL MOUNTED TYPE
RESIDENTIAL AIR-CONDITIONER
(Split system, air to air heat pump type)
DXK09ZJ-S
DXK12ZJ-S
DXK18ZJ-S
Manual No.'11•SRK-T-118
TECHNICAL MANUAL
-
1
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
CONTENTS
1. SPECIFICATIONS
........................................................................................ 3
(2) Outdoor units ....................................................................................... 7
....................................................... 18
(3) Remote controller
................................................................................ 9
......................................................................... 6
(1) Indoor units .......................................................................................... 6
2. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
3. ELECTRICAL WIRING .............................................................................. 11
(1) Indoor units .......................................................................................... 11
4. NOISE LEVEL ............................................................................................ 14
(2) Outdoor units ....................................................................................... 12
6. RANGE OF USAGE & LIMITATIONS
................................................................................... 20
7. CAPACITY TABLES
5. PIPING SYSTEM ...................................................................................... 17
.................................................................................. 21
8. APPLICATION DATA
(1) Installation of indoor unit ..................................................................... 21
(2) Installation of outdoor unit .................................................................... 25
9. OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER ............... 39
(6) 3D auto operation ............................................................................. 42
(7) Timer operation
.................................................................................. 43
....................................................... 40
(1) Operation control function by remote controller
(5) Flap and louver control ...................................................................... 41
(4) Custom cord switching procedure
......................................................................... 40(3) Auto restart function
(2) Unit ON/OFF button
........................................................................... 40
.................................. 39
(8) Installation location setting ................................................................. 43
(9) Outline of heating operation ................................................................ 44
(11) Outline of automatic operation ........................................................... 45
(10) Outline of cooling operation ............................................................... 45
(12) Protective control function
................................................................... 46
............................................................................... 53
10. MAINTENANCE DATA
..................... 54
(4) Troubleshooting procedure (If the air conditioner runs)
(3) Troubleshooting procedure
(If the air conditioner does not run at all)
........ 53
(1) Cautions
............................................................................................. 53
(2) Items to check before troubleshooting ................................................. 53
(5) Self-diagnosis table ............................................................................. 55
(6) Service mode (Trouble mode access function) ................................... 56
-
2
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
(10) How to make sure of wireless remote controller .................................. 70
(11) Outdoor unit inspection points .............................................................. 71
(8)
Phenomenon observed after shortcircuit, wire breakage on sensor
......... 68
(7) Inspection procedures corresponding to detail of trouble .................... 64
(9) Checking the indoor electrical equipment
........................................... 69
11.1 Instullation of wired remote controller (RC-E4) ............................... 74
11. OPTION PARTS ....................................................................................... 74
11.2 Interface kit (SC-BIKN-E) .................................................................... 80
11.3 Super link E board (SC-ADNA-E) ...................................................... 84
■How to read the model name
Example: DXK 09 Z
Series code
Inveter type
Product capacity
Model name DXK : Wall mounted type
DXC : Outdoor unit
J-S
-
3
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
1. SPECIFICATIONS
D
RWA000Z225
GDWD
&23
1RLVH
+HDWLQJ
OHYHO
([WHULRUDSSHDUDQF
HTXLSPHQ
W
HTXLSPHQ
W
FRQWURO
GDW
D
$WWDFKHGOHQJWKRISLSLQJ
&RQQHFWLRQZLULQJ
1RWH
3XUJLQJLVQRWUHTXLUHGHYHQIRUWKHVKRUWSLSLQJ
+HDWLQJFDSDFLW\ : 0LQᨺ0D[
3RZHUVXSSO
\
N:
3KDVHᨺ9+]
2SHUDWLRQ
3RZHU &RROLQJ ᨺ
FRQVXPSWLRQ +HDWLQJ
$
ᨺ
5XQQLQJ &RROLQJ
9
FXUUHQW +HDWLQJ 9
,QUXVKFXUUHQW 9
&RROLQJ
+HDWLQJ
G%
G%
G%$
G%$
6RXQGOHYH
O +L0H/R
3RZHUOHYHO
6RXQGOHYH
O +L0H/R
3RZHUOHYHO
([WHULRUGLPHQVLRQV+HLJKW[:LGWK['HSWK
PP [[ ;;
H )LQHVQRZ 6WXFFRZKLWH
0XQVHOOFRORU
<QHDUHTXLYDOHQW <QHDUHTXLYDOHQW
1HWZHLJK
W NJ
5HIULJHUDQ
W
&RPSUHVVRUW\SH4W\ ዙ 50%0'(5RWDU\W\SH[
0RWRU6WDUWLQJPHWKRG N: ዙ /LQHVWDUWLQJ
5HIULJHUDQWRLO ',$021')5((=(0$
5HIULJHUDQW NJ 5$3UH&KDUJHGXSWRWKHSLSLQJOHQJWKRIP
+HDWH[FKDQJH
U /RXYHUILQVLQQHUJURRYHGWXELQJ 0ILQVLQQHUJURRYHGWXELQJ
5HIULJHUDQWFRQWURO &DSLOODU\WXEHV(OHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYH
'HLFHFRQWURO 0LFURFRPSXWHUFRQWURO
$LUKDQGOLQJ
)DQW\SH4W\ 7DQJHQWLDOIDQ[ 3URSHOOHUIDQ[
0RWRU
$LUIORZ
:
&00
&RROLQJ +L0H/R
+HDWLQJ +L0H/R
)UHVKDLULQWDN
H 1RWSRVVLEOH ዙ
$LUILOWHU4XDOLW\4XDQWLW\ 3RO\SURS\OHQHQHWZDVKDEOH[ ዙ
6KRFNYLEUDWLRQDEVRUEH
U ዙ
&XVKLRQUXEEHUIRUFRPSUHVVRU
(OHFWULFKHDWHU ዙ ዙ
2SHUDWLRQ
2SHUDWLRQVZLWFK
:LUHOHVV5HPRWHFRQWUR
O ዙ
5RRPWHPSHUDWXUHFRQWURO
0LFURFRPSXWHUWKHUPRVWD
W ዙ
2SHUDWLRQ'LVSOD
\ 581*UHHQ7,0(5<HOORZ+,32:(5*UHHQ'$872*UHHQ
6DIHW\GHYLFHV
&RPSUHVVRURYHUKHDWSURWHFWLRQ2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
)URVWSURWHFWLRQ6HULDOVLJQDOHUURUSURWHFWLRQ,QGRRUIDQPRWRUHUURUSURWHFWLRQ
+HDWLQJRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ+LJKSUHVVXUHFRQWURO&RROLQJRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
,QVWDOODWLRQ
5HIULJHUDQWSLSLQJVL]H2' PP /LTXLGOLQHǾ*DVOLQHǾ
FRQQHFWLQJPHWKRG
P
)ODUHFR
QQHFWLQJ
ዙ
/LTXLGOLQH
*DV/LQH
,QVXODWLRQIRUSLSLQ
J
P
1HFHVVDU\%RWKVLGHVLQGHSHQGHQW
5HIULJHUDQWOLQHRQHZD\OHQJWK 0D[
9HUWLFDOKHLJKWGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQ 0D[2XWGRRUXQLWLVKLJKHU
RXWGRRUXQLWDQGLQGRRUXQLW 0D[2XWGRRUXQLWLVORZHU
'UDLQKRVH &RQQHFWDEOH93 ዙ
3RZHUFDEOH ዙ
5HFRPPHQGHGEUHDNHUVL]H $
6L]H[&RUHQXPEHU PP [FRUHV,QFOXGLQJHDUWKFDEOH
&RQQHFWLQJPHWKR
G 7HUPLQDOEORFN6FUHZIL[LQJW\SH
$FFHVVRULHVLQFOXGHG 0RXQWLQJNLW&OHDQILOWHU$OOHUJHQFOHDUILOWHU[3KRWRFDWDO\WLFZDVKDEOHGHRGRUL]LQJILOWHU[
2SWLRQDOSDUW
V ,QWHUIDFHNLW6&%,.1(
7KHGDWDDUHPHDVXUHG
,WHP
DWWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQV 7KHSLSHOHQJWKLVP
,QGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUH 2XWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUH
6WDQGDUGV
2SHUDWLRQ
'% :% '% :%
&RROLQJ
ഒ ഒ ഒ
ഒ
+HDWLQJ
ഒ ഒ
7KLVDLUFRQGLWLRQHULVPDQXIDFWXUHGDQGWHVWHGLQFRQIRUPLW\ZLWKWKH,6
2
7KHRSHUDWLRQGDWDDUHDSSOLHGWRWKH9GLVWULFWVUHVSHFWLYHO\
7KHUHIULJHUDQWTXDQWLW\WREHFKDUJHGLQFOXGHVWKHUHIULJHUDQWLQPFRQQHFWLQJSLSLQJ
&RROLQJFDSDFLW\ : 0LQᨺ0D[
$GDSWHGWRRoHS GLUHFWLYH
DXK09ZJ-S
Indoor unit DXK09ZJ-S Outdoor unit DXC09ZJ-S
,627-,6&
&RROLQJ
ഒዙ
Model
Item
-
4
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
D
RWA000Z225
GDWD
&23
+HDWLQJ
([WHULRUDSSHDUDQF
HTXLSPHQ
W
HTXLSPHQW
FRQWURO
GDW
D
$WWDFKHGOHQJWKRISLSLQJ
&RQQHFWLRQZLULQJ
1RWH
3XUJLQJLVQRWUHTXLUHGHYHQIRUWKHVKRUWSLSLQJ
3RZHUVXSSO\
N:
3KDVHᨺ9+]
2SHUDWLRQ
3RZHU &RROLQJ ᨺ
FRQVXPSWLRQ +HDWLQJ
$
ᨺ
5XQQLQJ &RROLQJ
9
FXUUHQW +HDWLQJ 9
,QUXVKFXUUHQW 9
&RROLQJ
+HDWLQJ
6RXQGOHYH
O +L0H/R
3RZHUOHYHO
6RXQGOHYH
O +L0H/R
3RZHUOHYHO
([WHULRUGLPHQVLRQV+HLJKW[:LGWK['HSWK PP [[ ;;
H )LQHVQRZ 6WXFFRZKLWH
0XQVHOOFRORU <QHDUHTXLYDOHQW <QHDUHTXLYDOHQW
1HWZHLJKW NJ
5HIULJHUDQW
&RPSUHVVRUW\SH4W\ ዙ 50%0'(5RWDU\W\SH[
0RWRU6WDUWLQJPHWKRG N: ዙ /LQHVWDUWLQJ
5HIULJHUDQWRLO ഢ ',$021')5((=(0$
5HIULJHUDQW NJ 5$3UH&KDUJHGXSWRWKHSLSLQJOHQJWKRIP
+HDWH[FKDQJHU /RXYHUILQVLQQHUJURRYHGWXELQJ 0ILQVLQQHUJURRYHGWXELQJ
5HIULJHUDQWFRQWURO &DSLOODU\WXEHV(OHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYH
'HLFHFRQWURO 0LFURFRPSXWHUFRQWURO
$LUKDQGOLQJ
)DQW\SH4W\ 7DQJHQWLDOIDQ[ 3URSHOOHUIDQ[
0RWRU
$LUIORZ
:
&00
&RROLQJ +L0H/R
+HDWLQJ +L0H/R
)UHVKDLULQWDN
H 1RWSRVVLEOH ዙ
$LUILOWHU4XDOLW\4XDQWLW\ 3RO\SURS\OHQHQHWZDVKDEOH[ ዙ
6KRFNYLEUDWLRQDEVRUEH
U ዙ &XVKLRQUXEEHUIRUFRPSUHVVRU
(OHFWULFKHDWHU ዙ ዙ
2SHUDWLRQ
2SHUDWLRQVZLWFK
:LUHOHVV5HPRWHFRQWURO ዙ
5RRPWHPSHUDWXUHFRQWURO
0LFURFRPSXWHUWKHUPRVWDW ዙ
2SHUDWLRQ'LVSOD\ 581*UHHQ7,0(5<HOORZ+,32:(5*UHHQ'$872*UHHQ
6DIHW\GHYLFHV
&RPSUHVVRURYHUKHDWSURWHFWLRQ2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
)URVWSURWHFWLRQ6HULDOVLJQDOHUURUSURWHFWLRQ,QGRRUIDQPRWRUHUURUSURWHFWLRQ
+HDWLQJRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ+LJKSUHVVXUHFRQWURO&RROLQJRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
,QVWDOODWLRQ
5HIULJHUDQWSLSLQJVL]H2' PP
/LTXLGOLQHǾ*DVOLQHǾ
FRQQHFWLQJPHWKRG
P
)ODUHFR
QQHFWLQJ
ዙ
/LTXLGOLQH
*DV/LQH
,QVXODWLRQIRUSLSLQ
J
P
1HFHVVDU\%RWKVLGHVLQGHSHQGHQW
5HIULJHUDQWOLQHRQHZD\OHQJWK 0D[
9HUWLFDOKHLJKWGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQ 0D[2XWGRRUXQLWLVKLJKHU
RXWGRRUXQLWDQGLQGRRUXQLW 0D[2XWGRRUXQLWLVORZHU
'UDLQKRVH &RQQHFWDEOH93 ዙ
3RZHUFDEOH ዙ
5HFRPPHQGHGEUHDNHUVL]H $
6L]H[&RUHQXPEHU PP
[FRUHV,QFOXGLQJHDUWKFDEOH
&RQQHFWLQJPHWKRG 7HUPLQDOEORFN6FUHZIL[LQJW\SH
$FFHVVRULHVLQFOXGHG 0RXQWLQJNLW&OHDQILOWHU$OOHUJHQFOHDUILOWHU[3KRWRFDWDO\WLFZDVKDEOHGHRGRUL]LQJILOWHU[
2SWLRQDOSDUW
V ,QWHUIDFHNLW6&%,.1(
7KHGDWDDUHPHDVXUHG
,WHP
DWWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQV 7KHSLSHOHQJWKLVP
,QGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUH 2XWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUH
6WDQGDUGV
2SHUDWLRQ
'% :% '% :%
&RROLQJ
ഒ ഒ ഒ
ഒ
+HDWLQJ
ഒ ഒ
7KLVDLUFRQGLWLRQHULVPDQXIDFWXUHGDQGWHVWHGLQFRQIRUPLW\ZLWKWKH,6
2
7KHRSHUDWLRQGDWDDUHDSSOLHGWRWKH9GLVWULFWVUHVSHFWLYHO\
7KHUHIULJHUDQWTXDQWLW\WREHFKDUJHGLQFOXGHVWKHUHIULJHUDQWLQPFRQQHFWLQJSLSLQJ
G%
G%
G%$
G%$
&RROLQJFDSDFLW\
+HDWLQJFDSDFLW\
:
:
0LQᨺ0D[
0LQᨺ0D[
$GDSWHGWRRoHS GLUHFWLYH
DXK12ZJ-S
Indoor unit DXK12ZJ-S Outdoor unit DXC12ZJ-S
&RROLQJ
,627-,6&
1RLVH
OHYHO
ഒዙ
Model
Item
-
5
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
B
RWA000Z225
Model
Item
DXK18ZJ-S
Indoor unit DXK18ZJ-S Outdoor unit DXC18ZJ-S
Cooling capacity (1) W 5000 (1600 (Min.)~5500 (Max.))
Heating capacity (1) W 5800 (1600 (Min.)~6600 (Max.))
Power supply 1 Phase, 220~240 V, 50Hz
Operation
data (1)
Power
consumption
Cooling
kW
1.55 (0.40~2.20)
Heating 1.59 (0.42~2.10)
Running
current
Cooling
A
7.1 / 6.8 / 6.5 (220/ 230/ 240 V)
Heating 7.3 / 7.0 / 6.7 (220/ 230/ 240 V)
Inrush current 7.3 / 7.0 / 6.7 (220/ 230/ 240 V)
COP
Cooling 3.23
Heating 3.65
Noise
level
Cooling
Sound level dB(A) Hi : 46 Me : 37 Lo : 26 51
Power level dB 61 61
Heating
Sound level dB(A) Hi : 45 Me : 37 Lo : 31 53
Power level dB 61 63
Exterior dimensions (Height x Width x Depth) mm 294 x 798 x 229 640 x 800 (+71) x 290
Exterior appearance
(Munsell color)
Fine snow
( 8.0Y 9.3/0.1 ) near equivalent
Stucco white
( 4.2Y 7.5/1.1 ) near equivalent
Net weight kg 9.5 42
Refrigerant
equipment
Compressor type & Q'ty — 5RS132XAB21 (Rotary type) x 1
Motor (Starting method) kW — 0.90 (Line starting)
Refrigerant oil 0.37 (FV50S)
Refrigerant (4) kg R410A 1.35 (Pre-Charged up to the piping length of 15m)
Heat exchanger Louver fins & inner grooved tubing M fins & inner grooved tubing
Refrigerant control Capillary tubes + Electronic expansion valve
Deice control Microcomputer control
Air handling
equipment
Fan type & Q'ty Tangential fan x 1 Propeller fan x 1
Motor W 38 34
Air flow
Cooling
CMM
Hi : 11.3 Me : 7.8 Lo : 5.3 36.0
Heating Hi : 13.5 Me : 10.2 Lo : 7.5 36.0
Fresh air intake Not possible —
Air filter, Quality / Quantity Polypropylene net (washable) x 2 —
Shock & vibration absorber — Cushion rubber (for compressor)
Electric heater — —
Operation
control
Operation switch Wireless-Remote control —
Room temperature control Microcomputer thermostat —
Operation Display RUN : Green, TIMER : Yellow, HI POWER : Green, 3D AUTO : Green
Safety devices
Compressor overheat protection, Overcurrent protection,
Frost protection, Serial signal error protection, Indoor fan motor error protection,
Heating overload protection (High pressure control), Cooling overload protection
Installation
data
Refrigerant piping size (O.D) mm Liquid line :φ6.35 (1/4") Gas line :φ12.7 (1/2")
Connecting method Flare connecting
Attached length of piping m
Liquid line : 0.53
Gas line : 0.40
—
Insulation for piping Necessary (Both sides), independent
Refrigerant line (one way) length
m
Max. 25
Vertical height difference between
outdoor unit and indoor unit
Max. 15 (Outdoor unit is higher)
Max. 15 (Outdoor unit is lower)
Drain hose Connectable (VP16) —
Power cable —
Recommended breaker size A 16
Connection wiring
Size x Core number 1.5mm2 x 4 cores (Including earth cable)
Connecting method Terminal block (Screw fixing type)
Accessories (included)
Mounting kit, Clean filter (Allergen clear filter x 1, Photocatalytic washable deodorizing filter x 1)
Optional parts Interface kit (SC-BIKN-E)
Note (1) The data are measured at the following conditions.
Item
Operation
Indoor air temperature Outdoor air temperature
Standards
DB WB DB WB
Cooling 27˚C 19˚C 35˚C 24˚C
ISO -T 1, JI S C 961 2
Heating 20˚C — 7˚C 6 ˚C
(2) This air-conditioner is manufactured and tested in conformity with the ISO.
(3) The operation data are applied to the 220/230/240V districts respectively.
(4) The refrigerant quantity to be charged includes the refrigerant in 15m connecting piping.
(Purging is not required even for the short piping.)
The pipe length is 7.5m.
Adapted to RoHS directive
-
6
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
2. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
(1) Indoor units
Models DXK09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S, 18ZJ-S
Space for installation and service when viewing from the front
Wired - remote controller
㧔Option㧕
Notes㧔1㧕The model name label is attached
ޓޓ ޓ on the underside of the panel.
Wireless remote controller
ޓ 㧔2㧕It takes the interface kit 㧔SC-BIKN-E㧕
ޓޓ ޓ to connect the wired remote controller.
Outlet for down piping
㧔Refer to the above view㧕
Hole on wall for right rear piping
Hole on wall for left rear piping
Gas piping
Outlet for wiring
Drain hose
Liquid piping
F
E
C
D
B
Symbol
A
㧔Ǿ65㧕
VP16
Ǿ6.35㧔1㧛4"㧕㧔Flare㧕
Content
㧔Ǿ65㧕
09, 12 Ǿ9.52㧔3㧛8"㧕㧔Flare㧕
Outlet for piping㧔on both side㧕
G
18 Ǿ12.7㧔1㧛2"㧕㧔Flare㧕
Model
Unit:mm
غ120
19
60
150
17.3
G
790
6014.5
45
3160
45
798
294
229 3
45
609
100106.5585106.5
50
48.9
55
47
47
55
403.6
471.6
531.8
F
139 450 209
Unit
D
C
A
E
B
65
15
7.7279.17.2
㧔Service space㧕
㧔Service space㧕
㧔Service space㧕
㧔Service space㧕
Installation plate
a
RL A 000Z 051
-
7
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
L2
Intake
Outlet
Intake
L3
L1
Minimum installation space
Service
space
( )
L4
L2
L3
L4
L1
100
100
250
Open
Ⅰ Ⅱ
Open
250
80
280
Ⅲ
280
Open
80
75
Examples of
Dimensions
installation
Ⅳ
180
Open
80
Open
Content
C Pipe/ cable draw-out hole
E Anchor bolt hole
Drain discharge hole
Symbol
B
A Service valve connection（igas side
）
M10×4places
Unit:mm
φ
20×2places
Service valve connection（iliquid side
）
D
φ9.52（3／8"）（Flare）
φ6.35（1／4"）（Flare）
Notes
（1）It must not be surrounded by walls on the four sides.
（2）The unit must be fixed with anchor bolts. An anchor bolt must not
protrude more than 15mm.
（3）Where the unit is subject to strong winds, lay it in such
a direction that the blower outlet faces perpendicularly
to the dominant wind direction.
（4）Leave 1m or more space above the unit.
（5）A wall in front of the blower outlet must not exceed the units height.
（6）The model name label is attached on the lower right corner of the front panel.
40°
40°
138.4 33.5
Terminal block
C
B
A
97.7
42.5
15.8
595
63.4
390.6
390.6
69.4
111.6
510 158.4
780 61.9
17.9
14.8 312.5 24.3
351.6
50.6
12
290
E
D
(2) Outdoor units
Models DXC09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S
RC V 000Z 012
-
8
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Model DXC18ZJ-S
RC T 000Z 005
L2
Intake
Outlet
Intake
L3
L1
Minimum installation space
Service
space
( )
L4
L2
L3
L4
L1
100
100
250
Open
Ｉ ＩＩ
Open
250
80
280
ＩＩＩ
280
Open
80
75
Examples of
Dimensions
installation
ＩＶ
180
Open
80
Open
φ12.7（1／2"）（Flare）
Content
C Pipe／cable draw-out hole
D
E Anchor bolt hole
Drain discharge hole
Symbol
B
A Service valve connection（gas side）
M10 × 4places
φ20 × 5places
Service valve connection（liquid side）
φ6.35（1／4"）（Flare）
Notes
（1） It must not be surrounded by walls on the four sides.
（2） The unit must be fixed with anchor bolts. An anchor bolt must not
protrude more the 15mm.
（3） Where the unit is subject to strong winds, lay it in such
a direction that the blower outlet faces perpendicularly
to the dominant wind direction.
（4） Leave 1m or more space above the unit.
（5） A wall in front of the blower outlet must not exceed the units height.
（6） The model name label is attached on the right side of the unit.
A
C
Terminal block
B
93 42.5
640
800
89 510 201
327.3
83.5
290
43.5
327.3 50.6
12
24.3312.514.8
71.2
17.9
40°
40°
33.5148.4
12.4
351.6
38.6
90.6
520.6 161
35.6
D
E
Unit:mm
-
9
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
(3) Remote controller
(a) Wireless remote controller
Unit: mm
60
17.3
150
-
10
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
(b) Wired remote controller (option parts)
PJZ000Z274
TEMP ON/OFF
48
غ120
L C D
Wall surface
Wiring
Electrical box
䋨Not included䋩
19
Wiring specifications
Exposed mounting
23
46
11.5 11
Remote
control
outline
120
45
83.5
42
120
Remote control installation dimensions
Wiring oulet
Installation hole
12×7 Slot hole
9.5×5 Slot hole 䋨4places䋩
䋨1䋩 Installation screw for remote control
M4 Screw (2 pieces)
44
(1) If the prolongation is over 100m, change to the size below.
But, wiring in the remote controller case should be under 0.5mm2. Change the wire size outside of
the case according to wire connecting. Waterproof treatment is necessary at the wire connecting
section. Be careful about contact failure.
Length Wiring thickness
100 to 200m
0.5mm2×2 cores
0.75mm2×2 cores
1.25mm2×2 cores
2.0mm2×2 cores
Under 300m
Under 400m
Under 600m
Upper part
Lower part
Lower case
Sheath
Upper cace
Board
Wiring
Upper
Lower
X Y
Sheath
Upper cace
Board
Wiring
Upper
Lower
YX
Tighten the screws after
cutting off the thin part of
screw mounting part.
Embedded mounting
The peeling-off length of sheath
The peeling-off length
of sheath
In case of pulling out from
upper left
In case of pulling out
from upper left
In case of pulling out
from upper left
X wiring : 170mm
Y wiring : 190mm
Pulling out from center
X wiring : 215mm
Y wiring : 195mm
Pulling out from upper left
In case of pulling out from center
In case of pulling out
from center
In case of pulling out
from center
Wiring outlet
Cut off the upper thin part of remote control lower case with a nipper or knife,
and grind burrs with a file etc.
0.3mm2×2 cores.
X, Y Terminal block
Attach M3 screw
with washer
Unit:mm
-
11
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
250V 3.15A
PRINTED
CNF CNE
CNX
CNG
4
CNU
1 3 65
12,18
CNY
M M M
5 5
U
2 8
2
t
o
CNS
CNM
M
5
TO OUTDOOR
S/N
J
L
G
1
CIRCUIT
BOARD
INTERFACE KIT
RDBKWHYBL
WIRELESS
DISPLAY
BACK-UP SW
UNIT
BKWHRD
Y/G
HEAT
EXCHANGER
2/N
3
Y/G
HD
ONLY
t
o
2
t
o
R-AMP
2
HEAT
EXCHANGER
5
FM
I
SM
I
LM
1
LM
2
F
Va
Th
I
Th
2
Th
3
T
DS
㨪
㨪
Blue
BlackBK
Red
BL
RD
WhiteWH
Yellow㧛GreenY㧛G
ColorMark
Heat exch. sensor
Fan motor
Room temp. sensor
Flap motor
Diode stackDS
FuseF
Connector
CNE-CNY
FM
I
Terminal blockT
Description
Item
VaristorVa
LM
1,2
SM
I
Louver motor
Th
I
Th
2,3
YellowY
Humidity sensor
HD
Power Source
1 Phase
220㧛230㧛240V 50Hz
3. ELECTRICAL WIRING
(1) Indoor units
Models DXK09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S, 18ZJ-S
a
RWA000Z226
-
12
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Color
RD
Mark
OrangeOR
Yellow㧛GreenY㧛G
BlackBK
YellowY
WhiteWH
Red
L
T
DescriptionItem
Connector
CNEEV㨪20S
Electric expansion valve㧔coil㧕
EEV
Fan motor
FMo
Reactor
Terminal block
Compressor motor
CM
Solenoid valve for 4 way valve
20S
Heat exchanger sensor㧔outdoor unit㧕
TH1
Outdoor air temp.sensor
TH2
TH3
Discharge pipe temp.sensor
Model
Power cable, indoor-outdoor connecting wires
The specifications shown in the above table are for units without heaters. For units with heaters, refer
to the installation instructions or the construction instructions of the indoor unit.
Switchgear of Circuit breaker capacity which is calculated from MAX. over current should be chosen
along the regulations in each country.
The cable specifications are based on the assumption that a metal or plastic conduit is used with no
more than three cables contained in a conduit and a voltage drop is 2%. For an installation falling
outside of these conditions, please follow the internal cabling regulations. Adapt it to the regulation
in effect in each country.
9
2.0
32
1.5mm2 x 3 1.5mm
2
12
09
MAX running current
Power cable size
㧔mm 㧕
2
㧔A㧕
Power cable length
㧔m㧕
indoor-outdoor
wire size x number
Earth wire size
㧔BK㧕
㧔WH㧕
㧔RD㧕
PWB ASSY
TRANSISTOR
POWER
250V 20A
F2
W
W
V
V
U
U
P
N
M
M
CIRCUIT
SWITCHING POWER
250V 2A
250V 10A
CNEEV
PAM
CIRCUIT
F1
F4
F3 250V 1A
CNFAN
FMo
CNTH
20S
CN20S
G1
C-2
NOISE
FILTER
T2
L
L
N
T
TERMINAL
BLOCK
T1
R. IN
S. IN
TH1
TH2
TH3
EEV
5 or 6 wires
㧔OR㧕
㧔Y㧕
㧔BK㧕
㧔WH㧕
㧔RD㧕
㧔Y/G㧕
㧔Y/G㧕
250V 15A
TO INDOOR UNIT
POWER WIRES
SIGNAL WIRE
POWER SOURCE
1㨪220㨺240V 50Hz1㨪220V 60Hz
M
CM
3㨪
(2) Outdoor units
Models DXC09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S
a
RWC000Z238
-
13
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
b
RWC000Z228
Color
RD
Mark
OrangeOR
Yellow／GreenY／G
BlackBK
BrownBR
YellowY
WhiteWH
Red
DescriptionItem
Connector
CNEEV～CN20S
Electric expansion valve（coil）
EEV
Fan motor
FMo
Reactor
L
Terminal block
T1,2
Compressor motor
CM
Solenoid valve for 4 way valve
20S
Heat exchanger sensor（outdoor unit）
TH1
Outdoor air temp.sensor
TH2
TH3
Discharge pipe temp.sensor
POWER SOURCE 1～220ｰ240V 50Hz／1～220V 60Hz
Model
Power cable, indoor-outdoor connecting wires
The specifications shown in the above table are for units without heaters. For units with heaters, refer
to the installation instructions or the construction instructions of the indoor unit.
Switchgear of Circuit breaker capacity which is calculated from MAX. over current should be chosen
along the regulations in each country.
The cable specifications are based on the assumption that a metal or plastic conduit is used with no
more than three cables contained in a conduit and a voltage drop is 2%. For an installation falling
outside of these conditions, please follow the internal cabling regulations. Adapt it to the regulation
in effect in each country.
14
2.0
18
1.5mm2 x 3 1.5mm
2
3
1
2
[ ]
N
18
M
T2
T1
S
（BK）
（WH）
（RD）
V
W
U
PWB ASSY （MAIN）
M
M
+ + +
R
TRANSISTOR
POWER
CIRCUIT
SWITCHING POWER
250V 2A
F1
250V 20A
F2
F3 250V 1A
W
V
U
P
NU
NV
NW
CNTH
CNEEV
CNFAN
t゜
3～
ACTIVE
FILTER
UNIT
250V 20A
F8
（OR）
（Y）
S-2
t゜ t゜
（BK）
（WH）
（WH）
（BK）
PWB ASSY （SUB）
S-1
CNSUB
CNMAIN
250V 10A
F10
S
R
R
（BK）
（WH）
G1
（Y／G）
（BR）
IN
IN
OUT
S
R
O
O
N
L
250V 20A
FUSE
2
1
N
3
（Y／G）
（Y／G）
CN20S
C-2
（RD）
20S
（RD）
T1
T2
TERMINAL
BLOCK
TH1 TH2 TH3
EEV
FMo
CM
BLOCK
TERMINAL
（WH）
TO INDOOR UNIT
POWER WIRES
SIGNAL WIRE
L
5 or 6 wires
MAX running current
Power cable size
（mm ）
2
（A）
Power cable length
（m）
indoor-outdoor
wire size x number
Earth wire size
Model DXC18ZJ-S
-
14
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Model DXK09ZJ-S
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1000 2000 4000 800063 125 250 500
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-5
Pa)
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-5
Pa)
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
1000 2000 4000 8000
63 125 250
500
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
(Indoor Unit)
Model DXK09ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 34 dB(A)
Heating 39 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling
Heating
Condition ISO-T1, JIS C9612
N70
N60
N50
N40
N30
N20
N70
N60
N50
N40
N30
N20
(Outdoor Unit)
Model DXC09ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 48 dB(A)
Heating 47 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling
Heating
ISC10016
4. NOISE LEVEL
-
15
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Model DXK12ZJ-S
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1000 2000 4000 800063 125 250 500
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-5
Pa)
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-5
Pa)
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
1000 2000 4000 8000
63 125 250
500
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
(Indoor Unit)
Model DXK12ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 45 dB(A)
Heating 42 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling
Heating
Condition ISO-T1, JIS C9612
N70
N60
N50
N40
N30
N20
(Outdoor Unit)
Model DXC12ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 50 dB(A)
Heating 50 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling
Heating
N70
N60
N50
N40
N30
N20
ISC10016
-
16
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
N50
N30
N40
N60
N70
N20
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-5
Pa)
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
N50
N30
N40
N60
N70
N20
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
(standard 2×10
-
5
P
a
)
Mid Octave Band frequency (Hz)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
63 125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
(Indoor Unit)
Model DXK18ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 46 dB(A)
Heating 45 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling Heating
Model DXK18ZJ-S
(Outdoor Unit)
Model DXC18ZJ-S
Noise
Level
Cooling 51 dB(A)
Heating 53 dB(A)
×
......
Cooling Heating
Condition ISO-T1,JIS C9612
-
17
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
5. PIPING SYSTEM
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Flare
connection
Flare connection
Liquid
pipe
(φ6.35)
Gas pipie
(φ12.7)
Service valve
Heat
exchanger
Heat
exchanger
sensor
Electronic
expansion valve
(Liquid)
Strainer
Receiver
Muffler
Capillary tube
Outdoor air
temp. sensor
Muffler
Muffler
Compressor
Discharge pipe
temp. sensor
Cooling cycle
Heating cycle
Check joint
4way valve
Service valve
Heat
exchanger
sensor
(Th3)
(TH3)
Room temp.
sensor
(Th1)
(Th2)
(
Gas
)
(TH2)
Heat
exchanger
sensor
(TH1)
(EEV)
Capillary tube
Heat
exchanger
Humidity
sensor
(HD)
Model DXK18ZJ-S
Models DXK09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit
Flare
connection
Flare connection
Liquid
pipe
(φ 6.35)
Gas pipie
(φ 9.52)
Service valve
Heat
exchanger
Heat
exchanger
sensor
Electronic
expansion valve
(Liquid)
Strainer Muffler
Capillary tube
Outdoor air
temp. sensor
Muffler
Muffler
Compressor
Accumlator
Discharge pipe
temp. sensor
Cooling cycle
Heating cycle
Check joint
4way valve
Service valve
Heat
exchanger
sensor
(Th3)
(TH3)
Room temp.
sensor
(Th1)
(Th2)
(
Gas
)
(TH2)
Heat
exchanger
sensor
(TH1)
(EEV)
Capillary tube
Heat
exchanger
Humidity
sensor
(HD)
(35 only)
-
18
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(2) Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping
(3) Correction relative to frosting on outdoor heat exchanger during heating
How to obtain the cooling and heating capacity
=
Piping length [m]
Cooling
Heating
7
1.0
1.0
10
0.99
1.0
15
0.975
1.0
20
0.965
1.0
25
0.95
1.0
Air inlet temperature of
DXK12ZJ-S
outdoor unit in °C WB
Adjustment coefficient
-15
0.95 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.86 0.87 0.92 1.00
-10 -9 -7 -5 -3 -1 1 3
5 or more
DXK12ZJ-S
3300 3217
RANGE OF USAGE & LIMITATIONS
Indoor return air temperature
(Upper, lower limits)
Refrigerant line (one way) length
Power source voltage Rating ±10%
Voltage at starting Min. 85% of rating
Frequency of ON-OFF cycle
Max. 4 times/h
(Inching prevention 10 minutes)
Max. 7 times/h
(Inching prevention 5 minutes)
ON and OFF interval Min. 3 minutes
Outdoor air temperature
(Upper, lower limits)
Vertical height difference between
outdoor unit and indoor unit
Max. 15m Max. 25m
Max. 10m
(Outdoor unit is higher)
Max. 10m
(Outdoor unit is lower)
Max. 15m
(Outdoor unit is higher)
Max. 15m
(Outdoor unit is lower)
Item
Models
DXK09, 12ZJ-S DXK18ZJ-S
Cooling operation : Approximately 18 to 32℃ D.B.
Heating operation : Approximately 10 to 27℃ D.B.
(Refer to the selection chart)
Cooling operation : Approximately -15 to 46℃ D.B.
Heating operation : Approximately -15 to 24℃ D.B.
(Refer to the selection chart)
Selection chart
Correct the cooling and heating capacity in accordance with the conditions as follows. The net cooling and heating capacity can be
obtained in the following way.
Net capacity = Capacity shown on specication × Correction factors as follows.
(1) Coefcient of cooling and heating capacity in relation to temperatures
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.3
0
-5
-10
-15
24
26
20
25
30
35
40
46
10
15
20
25
27
Outdoor air W.B. temperature °C W.B.
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
.
Cooling operation
Outdoor air D.B.
temperature
°C D. B.
Coefficient of cooling
&
Heating capacity in
relation to temperature
Heating operation
Indoor air D.B.
temperature
°C D. B.
ISO-T1 Standard Condition
Depends on installed situation
ISO-T1 Standard Condition
2220181614
Indoor air W.B. temperature °C W.B
Applicable range
Cooling
Heating
6. RANGE OF USAGE & LIMITATIONS
-
19
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(2) Correction of cooling and heating capacity in relation to one way length of refrigerant piping
(3) Correction relative to frosting on outdoor heat exchanger during heating
How to obtain the cooling and heating capacity
=
Piping length [m]
Cooling
Heating
7
1.0
1.0
10
0.99
1.0
15
0.975
1.0
20
0.965
1.0
25
0.95
1.0
Air inlet temperature of
DXK12ZJ-S
outdoor unit in °C WB
Adjustment coefficient
-15
0.95 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.88 0.86 0.87 0.92 1.00
-10 -9 -7 -5 -3 -1 1 3
5 or more
DXK12ZJ-S
3300 3217
-
20
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
7. CAPACITY TABLES
2.70
Heat Mode
Indoor air temp
Air flow Outdoor 21 ℃DB 23 ℃DB 26 ℃DB 27 ℃DB 28 ℃DB 31 ℃DB 33 ℃DB
Outdoor
air temp. 14 ℃WB 16 ℃WB 18 ℃WB 19 ℃WB 20 ℃WB 22 ℃WB 24 ℃WB
Air flow air temp. Indoor air temp
TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC
16℃ DB 18℃ DB 20℃ DB 22℃ DB 24℃ DB
10 2.82 2.22 2.95 2.19 3.06 2.27 3.11 2.24 3.16 2.21 3.26 2.28 3.34 2.21
-15℃WB 1.97 1.93 1.88 1.84 1.80
12 2.77 2.20 2.90 2.16 3.01 2.25 3.07 2.22 3.12 2.20 3.22 2.27 3.31 2.20
-10℃WB 2.23 2.19 2.16 2.10 2.06
14 2.71 2.17 2.85 2.14 2.97 2.23 3.03 2.20 3.08 2.17 3.18 2.25 3.28 2.19
-5℃WB 2.41 2.38 2.33 2.30 2.27
16 2.66 2.14 2.80 2.12 2.92 2.20 2.98 2.18 3.04 2.15 3.15
2.24 3.24 2.18
Hi 0℃WB 2.53 2.49 2.45 2.42 2.38
18 2.60 2.12 2.74 2.09 2.88 2.18 2.94 2.16 2.99 2.14 3.11 2.22 3.20 2.16
11.0 5℃WB 3.22 3.19 3.17 3.10 3.06
20 2.55 2.09 2.68 2.06 2.83 2.17 2.89 2.15 2.95 2.12 3.07 2.21 3.17 2.15
(
m
3
/
min
)
6℃WB 3.27 3.24 3.20 3.16 3.12
Hi 22 2.49 2.06 2.63 2.04 2.78 2.15 2.84 2.13 2.90 2.11 3.02 2.19 3.13 2.14
10℃WB 3.48 3.45 3.42 3.38 3.34
7.9 24 2.43 2.03 2.57 2.01 2.72 2.13 2.80 2.11 2.85 2.09 2.98 2.18 3.08 2.12
15℃WB 3.79 3.75 3.73 3.69 3.65
(
m3/min
)
26 2.37 2.00 2.51 1.98 2.67 2.10 2.74 2.09 2.80 2.07 2.93 2.16 3.04 2.11
20℃WB 4.07 4.04 4.02 3.97 3.94
28 2.31 1.97 2.44 1.95 2.61 2.08 2.69 2.07 2.75 2.05 2.89 2.14 3.00 2.09
30 2.24 1.94 2.38 1.92 2.56 2.05 2.64 2.04 2.70 2.03 2.84 2.12 2.95 2.08
32 2.18 1.91 2.31 1.90 2.50 2.03 2.58 2.02 2.64 2.01 2.79 2.11 2.90 2.07
34 2.11 1.88 2.25 1.86 2.44 2.00 2.53 2.00 2.59 1.98 2.74 2.09 2.85 2.05
35 2.08 1.86 2.21 1.85 2.41 1.99 2.50 1.99 2.56 1.97 2.71 2.08 2.83 2.04
36 2.04 1.85 2.18 1.84 2.38 1.98 2.47 1.98 2.53 1.96 2.69 2.07 2.80 2.03
38 1.97 1.81 2.11 1.80 2.32 1.95 2.41 1.95 2.47 1.94 2.63 2.05 2.75 2.02
39 1.94 1.80 2.07 1.79 2.28 1.94 2.38 1.94 2.44 1.93 2.61 2.05 2.72 2.00
Heat Mode
Indoor air temp
Air flow Outdoor 21 ℃DB 23 ℃DB 26 ℃DB 27 ℃DB 28 ℃DB 31 ℃DB 33 ℃DB
Outdoor
air temp. 14 ℃WB 16 ℃WB 18 ℃WB 19 ℃WB 20 ℃WB 22 ℃WB 24 ℃WB
Air flow air temp. Indoor air temp
TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC
16℃ DB 18℃ DB 20℃ DB 22℃ DB 24℃ DB
10 3.72 3.01 3.89 2.96 4.04 3.09 4.10 3.04 4.17 3.01 4.30 3.11 4.41 3.01
-15℃WB 2.46 2.41 2.35 2.30 2.25
12 3.65 2.98 3.83 2.93 3.98 3.06 4.05 3.02 4.12 2.99 4.25 3.08 4.37 3.00
-10℃WB 2.79 2.74 2.70 2.63 2.58
14 3.58 2.95 3.76 2.90 3.92 3.04 3.99 3.00 4.07 2.96 4.20 3.06 4.33 2.98
-5℃WB 3.02 2.97 2.91 2.88 2.83
16 3.51 2.90 3.69 2.86 3.86 3.01 3.94 2.98 4.01 2.94 4.15 3.05 4.28 2.97
Hi 0℃WB 3.16 3.12 3.06 3.02 2.98
18 3.44 2.87 3.62 2.83 3.80 2.98 3.88 2.95 3.95 2.92 4.10 3.03 4.23 2.96
12.8 5℃WB 4.03 3.98 3.96 3.88 3.83
20 3.36 2.84 3.54 2.80 3.73 2.95 3.82 2.93 3.89 2.90 4.05 3.01 4.18 2.94
(
m
3
/
min
)
6℃WB 4.09 4.04 4.00 3.95 3.90
Hi 22 3.29 2.80 3.47 2.77 3.66 2.92 3.75 2.90 3.83 2.87 3.99 3.00 4.13 2.93
10℃WB 4.35 4.31 4.28 4.22 4.18
10.1 24 3.21 2.76 3.39 2.73 3.59 2.90 3.69 2.87 3.77 2.85 3.93 2.98 4.07 2.91
15℃WB 4.73 4.69 4.66 4.61 4.56
(
m3/min
)
26 3.13 2.72 3.31 2.70 3.52 2.86 3.62 2.85 3.70 2.82 3.87 2.96 4.02 2.89
20℃WB 5.09 5.05 5.02 4.96 4.92
28 3.04 2.69 3.23 2.66 3.45 2.84 3.55 2.82 3.63 2.79 3.81 2.93 3.96 2.87
30 2.96 2.64 3.14 2.62 3.38 2.80 3.48 2.80 3.56 2.77 3.75 2.91 3.90 2.85
32 2.87 2.60 3.05 2.58 3.30 2.77 3.41 2.76 3.49 2.74 3.68 2.89 3.83 2.83
34 2.79 2.56 2.96 2.54 3.22 2.74 3.34 2.74 3.42 2.71 3.62 2.87 3.77 2.81
35 2.74 2.54 2.92 2.52 3.18 2.71 3.30 2.72 3.38 2.68 3.58 2.85 3.73 2.80
36 2.69 2.52 2.87 2.51 3.14 3.26 2.69 3.34 2.67 3.55 2.84 3.70 2.78
38 2.60 2.48 2.78 2.46 3.06 2.67 3.18 2.66 3.26 2.64 3.48 2.81 3.63 2.77
39 2.56 2.45 2.73 2.45 3.01 2.65 3.14
2.65 3.22 2.63 3.44 2.80 3.60 2.76
Model DXK09ZJ-S
Cool Mode
Model DXK12ZJ-S
Cool Mode
ISC09165
Air flow
outdoor
air temp.
indoor air temp
16˚CDB 18˚CDB 20˚CDB 22˚CDB 24˚CDB
Hi
13.5
(m3/min)
-15˚CWB 3.57 3.49 3.41 3.34 3.26
-10˚CWB 4.04 3.97 3.91 3.81 3.73
-5˚CWB 4.37 4.31 4.22 4.18 4.11
0˚CWB 4.59 4.52 4.44 4.39 4.32
5˚CWB 5.84 5.77 5.74 5.63 5.55
6˚CWB 5.94 5.87 5.80 5.73 5.66
10˚CWB
6.31 6.25 6.21 6.12 6.06
15˚CWB 6.86 6.80 6.76 6.68 6.62
20˚CWB
7.38 7.32 7.28 7.20 7.14
Heat Mode
Model DXK18ZJ-S
Cool Mode
Air flow
Outdoor
air temp.
Indoor air temp
21˚CDB 23˚CDB 26˚CDB 27˚CDB 28˚CDB 31˚CDB 33˚CDB
14˚CWB 16˚CWB 18˚CWB 19˚CWB 20˚CWB 22˚CWB 24˚CWB
TC SHC TC
SHC TC SHC
TC SHC TC SHC
TC SHC TC
SHC
Hi
11.3
(m3/min)
10 5.63 4.09 5.90 4.02 6.11 4.12 6.22 4.05 6.32 3.99 6.51 4.05 6.69 3.92
12 5.53 4.03 5.80 3.97 6.03 4.07 6.14 4.01 6.25 3.96 6.44 4.02 6.62 3.89
14 5.43 3.98 5.70 3.91 5.94 4.03 6.05 3.98 6.16 3.92 6.37 4.00 6.55 3.86
16 5.32 3.92 5.59 3.86 5.85 3.98 5.96 3.93 6.08 3.88 6.29 3.96 6.48 3.84
18 5.21 3.85 5.48 3.80 5.75 3.94 5.88 3.90 5.99 3.84 6.21 3.93 6.41 3.81
20 5.10 3.79 5.37 3.74 5.65 3.89 5.78 3.85 5.90 3.80 6.13 3.90 6.33 3.78
22 4.98 3.73 5.25 3.68 5.55 3.84 5.69 3.81 5.80 3.76 6.05 3.86 6.25 3.75
24 4.86 3.67 5.14 3.62 5.45 3.79 5.59 3.76 5.71 3.72 5.96 3.83 6.17 3.72
26 4.74 3.60 5.01 3.56 5.34 3.74 5.49 3.71 5.61 3.67 5.87 3.79 6.08 3.69
28 4.61 3.54 4.89 3.50 5.23 3.69 5.39 3.67 5.50 3.63 5.78 3.76 5.99 3.66
30 4.49 3.46 4.76 3.43 5.11 3.64 5.28 3.62 5.40 3.58 5.68 3.72 5.90 3.62
32 4.35 3.40 4.63 3.37 5.00 3.58 5.17 3.57 5.29 3.54 5.58 3.68 5.81 3.59
34 4.22 3.33 4.49 3.31 4.88 3.52 5.06 3.52 5.18 3.49 5.48 3.64 5.71 3.55
35 4.15 3.29 4.42 3.27 4.82 3.49 5.00 3.49 5.12 3.45 5.43 3.62 5.66 3.53
36 4.08 3.26 4.35 3.24 4.76 3.47 4.94 3.46 5.06 3.43 5.37 3.60 5.61 3.50
38 3.94 3.19 4.21 3.18 4.63 3.42 4.82 3.42 4.94 3.39 5.27 3.54 5.50 3.47
39 3.87 3.15 4.14 3.14 4.57 3.39 4.76 3.39 4.88 3.36 5.21 3.52 5.45 3.45
a
ISC09106
-
21
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
WALL TYPE AIR CONDITIONER
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR INDOOR UNIT
RLA012A012B
WARNING
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as
water leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal injury, as a result of a system
malfunction. Do not carry out the installation and maintenance work except
the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is installed in inferior environment such as machine shop
and etc., it can cause malfunction.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water
leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause
material damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage
during installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is
produced.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage,
referred by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and
install the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which
can cause serious accident.
• After completed installation, check that no refrigerant leaks from
the system.
If refrigerant leaks into the room and comes into contact with an oven or
other hot surface, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and
serious accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• The electrical installation must be carried out by the qualified
electrician in accordance with “the norm for electrical work” and
“national wiring regulation”, and the system must be connected to
the dedicated circuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by
improper work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or
incorrect function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production
or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means
of a circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of
at least 3mm.
• When plugging this appliance, a plug conforming to the norm
IEC60884-1 must be used.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the
cables securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to
prevent overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat
production or fire.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit
failure or personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
CAUTION
• Use the circuit breaker of correct capacity. Circuit breaker should
be the one that disconnect all poles under over current.
Using the incorrect one could cause the system failure and fire.
• Install isolator or disconnect switch on the power supply wiring in
accordance with the local codes and regulations.
The isolator should be locked in OFF state in accordance with EN60204-1.
• Be sure to install indoor unit properly according to the installation
manual in order to run off the drainage smoothly.
Improper installation of indoor unit can cause dropping water into the room
and damaging personal property.
• Install the drainage pipe to run off drainage securely according to
the installation manual.
Incorrect installation of the drainage pipe can cause dropping water into the
room and damaging personal property.
• Be sure to install the drainage pipe with descending slope of 1/100
or more, and not to make traps and air-bleedings.
Check if the drainage runs off securely during commissioning and ensure
the space for inspection and maintenance.
• Secure a space for installation, inspection and maintenance
specified in the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injury due to
falling from the installation place.
• For installation work, be careful not to get injured with the heat
exchanger, piping flare portion or screws etc.
• Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the
ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient insulation can cause condensation, which can lead to moisture
damage on the ceiling, floor, furniture and any other valuables.
• When perform the air conditioner operation (cooling or drying operation) in which ventilator is installed in the room. In this case, using the
air conditioner in parallel with the ventilator, there is the possibility
that drain water may backflow in accordance with the room lapse into
the negative pressure status. Therefore, set up the opening port such
as incorporate the air into the room that may appropriate to ventilation (For example; Open the door a little). In addition, just as above, so
set up the opening port if the room lapse into negative pressure status
due to register of the wind for the high rise apartment etc.
• Be sure to perform air tightness test by pressurizing with nitrogen
gas after completed refrigerant piping work.
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of refrigerant
leakage in the small room, lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause
serious accidents.
• Do not install the unit in the locations listed below.
• Locations where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
• Locations where any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide
gas, chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
• Vehicles and ships.
• Locations where cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
• Locations with direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and
machine plant.
• Locations where any machines which generate high frequency harmonics
are used.
• Locations with salty atmospheres such as coastlines.
• Locations with heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and
snow hood mentioned in the manual).
• Locations where the unit is exposed to chimney smoke.
• Locations at high altitude (more than 1000m high).
• Locations with ammonic atmospheres.
• Locations where heat radiation from other heat source can affect the unit.
• Locations without good air circulation.
• Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the unit.
• Locations where short circuit of air can occur (in case of multiple units
installation).
• Locations where strong air blows against the air outlet of outdoor unit.
• Locations where something located above the unit could fall.
It can cause remarkable decrease in performance, corrosion and damage
of components, malfunction and fire.
• Do not install the indoor unit in the locations listed below (Be sure
to install the indoor unit according to the installation manual for
each model because each indoor unit has each limitation).
• Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the
unit.
• Locations where vibration can be amplified due to insufficient strength of
structure.
• Locations where the infrared receiver is exposed to the direct sunlight or
the strong light beam (in case of the infrared specification unit).
• Locations where an equipment affected by high harmonics is placed (TV
set or radio receiver is placed within 1m).
• Locations where drainage cannot run off safely.
It can affect performance or function and etc.
• Do not install the unit near the location where leakage of
combustible gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
• Do not install the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid
gas etc.) or combustible gas (such as thinner and petroleum gases)
can accumulate or collect, or where volatile combustible
substances are handled.
Corrosive gas can cause corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plastic
parts and etc. And combustible gas can cause fire.
• Do not use the indoor unit at the place where water splashes may
occur such as in laundries.
Since the indoor unit is not waterproof, it can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Do not install nor use the system close to the equipment that
generates electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics.
Equipment such as inverters, standby generators, medical high frequency
equipments and telecommunication equipments can affect the system, and
cause malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical
equipment and telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or
cause jamming.
• Do not place any variables which will be damaged by getting wet
under the indoor unit.
When the relative humidity is higher than 80% or drainage pipe is clogged,
condensation or drainage water can drop and it can cause the damage of
valuables.
• Do not install the remote control at the direct sunlight.
It can cause malfunction or deformation of the remote control.
• Do not use the unit for special purposes such as storing foods,
cooling precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or
art.
It can cause the damage of the items.
• Do not use any materials other than a fuse with the correct rating in
the location where fuses are to be used.
Connecting the circuit with copper wire or other metal thread can cause
unit failure and fire.
• Do not touch any buttons with wet hands.
It can cause electric shocks.
• Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the
system is in operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes become extremely hot or extremely
cold depending the operating condition, and it can cause burn injury or
frost injury.
• Carry out the electrical work for ground lead with care.
Do not connect the ground lead to the gas line, water line, lightning conductor or telephone line’s ground lead. Incorrect grounding can cause unit faults
such as electric shocks due to short-circuiting.
• Do not put the drainage pipe directly into drainage channels where
poisonous gases such as sulphide gas can occur.
Poisonous gases will flow into the room through drainage pipe and
seriously affect the user’s health and safety. This can also cause the
corrosion of the indoor unit and a resultant unit failure or refrigerant leak.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in the refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, which can cause burst and personal injury.
• Do not processing, splice the power cord, or share a socket with
other power plugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting
insulation and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do
not deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not vent R410A into the atmosphere : R410A is a fluorinated
greenhouse gas, covered by the Kyoto Protocol with Groval
Warming Potential (GWP)=1975.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure
switch and temperature controller or the use of non specified component
can cause fire or burst.
WARNING
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it
during the installation work in order to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels,
and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such
as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences
depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly
follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the operating methods as well as the maintenance
methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where
any user can read at any time. Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a
new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by
using suitable protective clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the
installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at
the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
Never do it under any
circumstances.
Always do it according to the
instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
• This installation manual illustrates the method of installing an indoor
unit.
• For electrical wiring work, please see instructions set out on the
backside.
• For outdoor unit installation and refrigerant piping, please refer to the
installation manual that comes with your outdoor unit.
• A wired remote control unit is supplied separately as an optional part.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of
installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping
length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
a
8. APPLICATION DATA
(1) Installation of indoor unit
Models DXK09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S, 18ZJ-S
-
22
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Necessary tools for the installation work
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q’ty
Option parts
Sealing plate
Sleeve
Inclination plate
Putty
Drain hose (extension hose)
Piping cover
(for insulation of connection piping)
Plus headed driver
Knife
Saw
Tape measure
Hammer
Spanner wrench
Torque wrench
Hole core drill (65mm in diameter)
Wrench key (Hexagon) [4m/m]
Flaring tool set
Gas leak detector
Pipe bender
Gauge for projection adjustment
Used when flare is made by using
conventional flare tool
( )
( )
14.0 ~ 61.0N·m
(1.4 ~ 6.1kgf·m)
(
Designed specifically
for R410A
)
Piping in the left direction
Piping in the right rear directionPiping in the left rear direction
Piping in the right direction
INSTALLATION SPACE (INDOOR UNIT)
(FRONT VIEW)
Piping is possible in the rear, left, left rear, left downward, right or downward direction.
Right
Rear
Downward
Left
rear
Left downward
Left
Wireless remote control
Remote control holder
Wood screws
BEFORE INSTALLATION
Before installation check that the power supply matches the air conditioner.
SELECTION OF INSTALLATION LOCATION
INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT
Indoor unit
Relation between setting plate and indoor unit
Installing the support of piping
(Install at location that meets the following conditions, after getting approval from the customer)
Where there is no obstructions to the air flow and where the cooled and heated air can be evenly distributed.
A solid place where the unit or the wall will not vibrate.
A place where there will be enough space for servicing. (Where space mentioned below can be secured)
Where wiring and the piping work will be easy to conduct.
The place where receiving part is not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or the strong rays of the street lighting.
A place where it can be easily drained.
A place separated at least 1m away from the television or the radio. (To prevent interference to images and sounds.)
Places where this unit is not affected by the high frequency equipment or electric equipment.
Avoid installing this unit in place where there is much oil mist.
Places where there is no electric equipment or household under the installing unit.
Wireless remote control
In case of piping in the right rear direction
A place where the air conditioner can be received the signal surely during operating the wireless remote control.
Places where there is no affected by the TV and radio etc.
Do not place where exposed to direct sunlight or near heat devices such as a stove.
Sufficient care must be taken not to damage
the panel when connecting pipes.
[Top view]
When drilling the wall that contains a metal lath, wire lath or metal plate, be sure to use pipe hole sleeve sold separately.
• Matters of special notice when piping from left or central/rear of the unit.
Left-hand-side piping Right-hand-side piping
Installation of Installation board
Drilling of holes and fixture of sleeve (Option parts)
Level position (2 locations)
Mating mark for
level surface
Fixing on concrete wall
Use of nut anchor Use of bolt anchor
Shaping of pipings Taping of the exterior
Pipings
Drain hose
Top
Nut
(M6)
Mounting
board
Mounting
board
Max.10
Thickness of the wall + 1.5cm
5
ø65
Indoor side Outdoor sideIndoor side Outdoor side Installed state
Turn to
tighten
b
b
c
a
Bolt
(M6 12)
5 cm minimum
from the wal
l
10 cm
m
inimum
from the wal
l
Installation board
Sleeve
(sold separately)
6.5 cm minimum from the ceiling
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
WALL TYPE AIR CONDITIONER
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR INDOOR UNIT
RLA012A012B
In case of rear piping draw out, cut off the lower
and the right side portions of the sleeve collar.
Drill a hole with whole core drill.
Hold the bottom of the
piping and fix direction
before stretching it and
shaping it.
Tape only the portion
that goes through the
wall.
Always tape the wiring
with the piping.
[Drain hose changing procedures]
1. Remove the drain hose 2. Remove the drain cap.
Remove it with hand or pliers. Remove the screw and drain hose,
making it rotate.
3. Insert the drain cap. 4. Connect the drain hose.
Insert the drain cap which was removed
at procedure “2” securely using a
hexagonal wrench etc.
Note: Be careful that If it is not Inserted
securely, water leakage may occur.
Insert the drain hose securely, making
rotate. And install the screw.
Note: Be careful that If it is not Inserted
securely, water leakage may
occur.
Adjustment of the installation board in the horizontal direction is to
be conducted with four screws in a temporary tightened state.
Adjust so the board will be
level by turning the board
with the standard hole as
the center.
450
Look for the inside wall structures (Intermediats support or pillar
and firmly install the unit after level surface has been checked.)
Standard
hole
Piping for Liquid (09 to 18 type) : ø6.35
Piping for Gas (09 to 12 type) : ø9.52
(18 type) : ø12.7
CAUTION
Completely seal the hole on
the wall with putty. Otherwise,
furniture, or other, may be
wetted by leaked water or
dewing.
putty
putty
1
1
1
5
2
2
2
2
1
Q’ty
Standard accessories (Installation kit)
Accessories for indoor unit
Installation board
(Attached to the rear of the indoor unit)
Wireless remote control
Remote control holder
Battery [R03 (AAA, Micro) 1.5V]
Air-cleaning filters
Filter holders
(Attached to the front panel of indoor unit)
Insulation (#486 50 x 100 t3)
Tapping screws
(for installation board ø4 X 25mm)
Wood screws
(for remote control switch holder ø3.5 X 16mm)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
( )
Designed specifically
for R410A
Space for service Space for service
Indoor unit
Installation board
Piping hole (ø65)
Drain hose (ø16)
Piping for Liquid
Piping for Gas
Piping hole (ø65)
Space for service
48.947
65
139 450 209
106.5 585 106.5
50 100
7.2 7.7279.1
4715 Space for service
55
531.8
471.6
403.6
55
Indoor side Outdoor side
WARNING
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as
water leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal injury, as a result of a system
malfunction. Do not carry out the installation and maintenance work except
the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is installed in inferior environment such as machine shop
and etc., it can cause malfunction.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water
leaks, electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause
material damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage
during installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is
produced.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage,
referred by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and
install the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which
can cause serious accident.
• After completed installation, check that no refrigerant leaks from
the system.
If refrigerant leaks into the room and comes into contact with an oven or
other hot surface, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and
serious accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• The electrical installation must be carried out by the qualified
electrician in accordance with “the norm for electrical work” and
“national wiring regulation”, and the system must be connected to
the dedicated circuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by
improper work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or
incorrect function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production
or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means
of a circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of
at least 3mm.
• When plugging this appliance, a plug conforming to the norm
IEC60884-1 must be used.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the
cables securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to
prevent overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat
production or fire.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit
failure or personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
CAUTION
• Use the circuit breaker of correct capacity. Circuit breaker should
be the one that disconnect all poles under over current.
Using the incorrect one could cause the system failure and fire.
• Install isolator or disconnect switch on the power supply wiring in
accordance with the local codes and regulations.
The isolator should be locked in OFF state in accordance with EN60204-1.
• Be sure to install indoor unit properly according to the installation
manual in order to run off the drainage smoothly.
Improper installation of indoor unit can cause dropping water into the room
and damaging personal property.
• Install the drainage pipe to run off drainage securely according to
the installation manual.
Incorrect installation of the drainage pipe can cause dropping water into the
room and damaging personal property.
• Be sure to install the drainage pipe with descending slope of 1/100
or more, and not to make traps and air-bleedings.
Check if the drainage runs off securely during commissioning and ensure
the space for inspection and maintenance.
• Secure a space for installation, inspection and maintenance
specified in the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injury due to
falling from the installation place.
• For installation work, be careful not to get injured with the heat
exchanger, piping flare portion or screws etc.
• Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the
ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient insulation can cause condensation, which can lead to moisture
damage on the ceiling, floor, furniture and any other valuables.
• When perform the air conditioner operation (cooling or drying opera-
tion) in which ventilator is installed in the room. In this case, using the
air conditioner in parallel with the ventilator, there is the possibility
that drain water may backflow in accordance with the room lapse into
the negative pressure status. Therefore, set up the opening port such
as incorporate the air into the room that may appropriate to ventila-
tion (For example; Open the door a little). In addition, just as above, so
set up the opening port if the room lapse into negative pressure status
due to register of the wind for the high rise apartment etc.
• Be sure to perform air tightness test by pressurizing with nitrogen
gas after completed refrigerant piping work.
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit in the event of refrigerant
leakage in the small room, lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause
serious accidents.
• Do not install the unit in the locations listed below.
• Locations where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
• Locations where any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide
gas, chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
• Vehicles and ships.
• Locations where cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
• Locations with direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and
machine plant.
• Locations where any machines which generate high frequency harmonics
are used.
• Locations with salty atmospheres such as coastlines.
• Locations with heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and
snow hood mentioned in the manual).
• Locations where the unit is exposed to chimney smoke.
• Locations at high altitude (more than 1000m high).
• Locations with ammonic atmospheres.
• Locations where heat radiation from other heat source can affect the unit.
• Locations without good air circulation.
• Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the unit.
• Locations where short circuit of air can occur (in case of multiple units
installation).
• Locations where strong air blows against the air outlet of outdoor unit.
• Locations where something located above the unit could fall.
It can cause remarkable decrease in performance, corrosion and damage
of components, malfunction and fire.
• Do not install the indoor unit in the locations listed below (Be sure
to install the indoor unit according to the installation manual for
each model because each indoor unit has each limitation).
• Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the
unit.
• Locations where vibration can be amplified due to insufficient strength of
structure.
• Locations where the infrared receiver is exposed to the direct sunlight or
the strong light beam (in case of the infrared specification unit).
• Locations where an equipment affected by high harmonics is placed (TV
set or radio receiver is placed within 1m).
• Locations where drainage cannot run off safely.
It can affect performance or function and etc.
• Do not install the unit near the location where leakage of
combustible gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
• Do not install the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid
gas etc.) or combustible gas (such as thinner and petroleum gases)
can accumulate or collect, or where volatile combustible
substances are handled.
Corrosive gas can cause corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plastic
parts and etc. And combustible gas can cause fire.
• Do not use the indoor unit at the place where water splashes may
occur such as in laundries.
Since the indoor unit is not waterproof, it can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Do not install nor use the system close to the equipment that
generates electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics.
Equipment such as inverters, standby generators, medical high frequency
equipments and telecommunication equipments can affect the system, and
cause malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical
equipment and telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or
cause jamming.
• Do not place any variables which will be damaged by getting wet
under the indoor unit.
When the relative humidity is higher than 80% or drainage pipe is clogged,
condensation or drainage water can drop and it can cause the damage of
valuables.
• Do not install the remote control at the direct sunlight.
It can cause malfunction or deformation of the remote control.
• Do not use the unit for special purposes such as storing foods,
cooling precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or
art.
It can cause the damage of the items.
• Do not use any materials other than a fuse with the correct rating in
the location where fuses are to be used.
Connecting the circuit with copper wire or other metal thread can cause
unit failure and fire.
• Do not touch any buttons with wet hands.
It can cause electric shocks.
• Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the
system is in operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes become extremely hot or extremely
cold depending the operating condition, and it can cause burn injury or
frost injury.
• Carry out the electrical work for ground lead with care.
Do not connect the ground lead to the gas line, water line, lightning conductor or telephone line’s ground lead. Incorrect grounding can cause unit faults
such as electric shocks due to short-circuiting.
• Do not put the drainage pipe directly into drainage channels where
poisonous gases such as sulphide gas can occur.
Poisonous gases will flow into the room through drainage pipe and
seriously affect the user’s health and safety. This can also cause the
corrosion of the indoor unit and a resultant unit failure or refrigerant leak.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in the refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, which can cause burst and personal injury.
• Do not processing, splice the power cord, or share a socket with
other power plugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting
insulation and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do
not deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not vent R410A into the atmosphere : R410A is a fluorinated
greenhouse gas, covered by the Kyoto Protocol with Groval
Warming Potential (GWP)=1975.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure
switch and temperature controller or the use of non specified component
can cause fire or burst.
WARNING
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it
during the installation work in order to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels,
and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such
as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences
depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly
follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after com-
pleted installation and explain the operating methods as well as the maintenance
methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where
any user can read at any time. Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a
new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by
using suitable protective clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the
installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at
the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
Never do it under any
circumstances.
Always do it according to the
instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
• This installation manual illustrates the method of installing an indoor
unit.
• For electrical wiring work, please see instructions set out on the
backside.
• For outdoor unit installation and refrigerant piping, please refer to the
installation manual that comes with your outdoor unit.
• A wired remote control unit is supplied separately as an optional part.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of
installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping
length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
a
-
23
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
• Flaring work
Measurement B
Flaring
block
Copper pipe
Finishing work and fixing
Connection wiring,
Earth wiring
Outer tape
Refrigerant piping
Drain hose
Wood screw
Clamp
Cover the exterior portion with outer tape and
shape the piping so it will match the contours
of the route that the piping to take.
Also fix the wiring and pipings to the wall with
clamps.
RLA012A012B
Open/close and detachment/attachment of the air inlet panel
○ To open, pull the panel at both ends of lower part
and release latches, then pull up the panel until
you feel resistance.
(The panel stops at approx. 60° open position)
○ To close, hold the panel at both ends of lower
part to lower downward and push it slightly until
the latch works.
○ To remove, pull up the panel to the position
shown in right illustration and pull it toward you.
○ To install, insert the panel arm into the slot on the
front panel from the position shown in right
illustration, hold the panel at both ends of lower
part, lower it downward slowly, then push it
slightly until the latch works.
How to remove and fit the front panel
○ Removing
Remove the air inlet panel.
Remove the 2 set screws.
Remove the 3 latches in the upper section.
Move the lower part of the panel forward and
push upwards to remove.
1
2
3
4
○ Fitting
Do remove the air filter.
Cover the body with the front panel.
Fit the 3 latches in the upper section.
Tighten the 2 set screws.
Fit the air filter.
Fit the air inlet panel.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Set screws
○ Install the removed flared nuts to the pipes to be connected,
then flared the pipes.
○ Remove the flared nuts. (on both liquid and gas sides)
Keep the openings of the pipes covered with tapes etc. to prevent dust, sand, etc. from entering them.
CONNECTION OF REFRIGERANT PIPINGS
Preparation
(Do not turn)
Press
Remove
A
90 ± 0.5˚
Dimension A
Liquid side ø6.35 : 9.1 (mm)
Gas side ø9.52 : 13.2 (mm)
ø12.7 : 16.6 (mm)
CAUTION
Do not apply refrigerating machine
oil to the flared surface.
Indoor
Copper pipe diameter
Use a flare tool designed for R410A or a conventional flare tool.
Please note that measurement B (protrusion from the flaring block) will vary depending on the
type of a flare tool in use.
If a conventional flare tool is used, please use a copper pipe gauge or a similar instrument to
check protrusion so that you can keep measurement B to a correct value.
Clutch type flare tool for
R410A
Conventional (R22) flare tool
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
0.0 - 0.5
0.0 - 0.5
0.0 - 0.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.0
1.5 - 2.0
2.0 - 2.5
Measurement B (mm)
Clutch type Wing nut type
CAUTION
Do not apply excess torque to the flared nuts.
Otherwise, the flared nuts may check depending.
○ Arrange the drain hose in a downward angle.
○ Avoid the following drain piping.
○ Pour water to the drain pan located under the heat exchanger, and ensure that the water is discharged outdoor.
○ When the extended drain hose is indoor, securely insulate it with a heat insulator available in the market.
CAUTION
Wall
Gutter
Pipe accommodating section
Since this air conditioner has been designed to collect dew drops on the rear
surface to the drain pan, do not attach the power cord above the gutter.
Drainage
Go through all installation steps and check if the
drainage is all right. Otherwise water leak may occur.
Higher than specified The drain hose
tip is in water.
Wavy The drain hose
tip is in the gutter.
The gap to the ground is
5 cm or less.
Odor from
the gutter
2
1
Installation Steps
Pass the pipe through
the hole in the wall,
and hook the upper
part of the indoor unit
to the installation board.
Gently push the lower
part to secure the unit.
• How to remove the indoor unit from the installation board
Fixing of indoor unit
Push up at the marked portion of the indoor unit base lower latch, and slightly
pull it toward you. (both right and left hand sides) (The indoor unit base lower
latch can be removed from the installation board)
Push up the indoor unit upward. So the indoor unit will be removed from the
installation board.
1
2
The marked portion of the indoor unit base lower latch.
Indoor unit
Installation board
Installation board
Indoor unit base latch
Wall
Latch (2 locations)
○ Connect the pipes on both liquid and gas sides.
○ Tighten the nuts to the following torque.
Liquid side (ø6.35) : 14.0 - 18.0 N·m (1.4 - 1.8 kgf·m)
Gas side (ø9.52) : 34.0 - 42.0 N·m (3.4 - 4.2 kgf·m)
(ø12.7) : 49.0 - 61.0 N·m (4.9 - 6.1 kgf·m)
Connection Insulation of the connection portion
Indoor
Liquid side
Gas side
(Do not turn)
• Cover the indoor unit s flare-connected joints, after they are checked for a gas leak,
with an indoor unit heat insulating material and then wrap them with a tape with an
attached insulation pad placed over the heat insulating material’s slit area.
Cover the coupling with insulator and then cover it with tapes.
Vinyl tape
Use an attached insulation pad for heat insulation.
Position it so that the slit area faces upward.
-
24
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
• Flaring work
Measurement B
Flaring
block
Copper pipe
Finishing work and fixing
Connection wiring,
Earth wiring
Outer tape
Refrigerant piping
Drain hose
Wood screw
Clamp
Cover the exterior portion with outer tape and
shape the piping so it will match the contours
of the route that the piping to take.
Also fix the wiring and pipings to the wall with
clamps.
RLA012A012B
Open/close and detachment/attachment of the air inlet panel
○ To open, pull the panel at both ends of lower part
and release latches, then pull up the panel until
you feel resistance.
(The panel stops at approx. 60° open position)
○ To close, hold the panel at both ends of lower
part to lower downward and push it slightly until
the latch works.
○ To remove, pull up the panel to the position
shown in right illustration and pull it toward you.
○ To install, insert the panel arm into the slot on the
front panel from the position shown in right
illustration, hold the panel at both ends of lower
part, lower it downward slowly, then push it
slightly until the latch works.
How to remove and fit the front panel
○ Removing
Remove the air inlet panel.
Remove the 2 set screws.
Remove the 3 latches in the upper section.
Move the lower part of the panel forward and
push upwards to remove.
1
2
3
4
○ Fitting
Do remove the air filter.
Cover the body with the front panel.
Fit the 3 latches in the upper section.
Tighten the 2 set screws.
Fit the air filter.
Fit the air inlet panel.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Set screws
○ Uncover the wireless remote control, and mount the batteries
[R03 (AAA, Micro), ×2 pieces] in the body regularly.
(Fit the poles with the indication marks, ＋ & − without fail)
○ Conventionally, operate the wireless remote control by holding
in your hand.
○ Avoid installing it on a clay wall etc.
Cover
CAUTION
Wood screws
ø3.5 X 16
Wireless remote control
Battery
INSTALLATION OF WIRELESS CONTROL
Mounting method of battery
Fixing to pillar or wall
Do not use new and
old batteries together.
2
6
5
Remove the lid.
Remove the terminal cover.
Remove the wiring clamp.
Connect the connecting wire securely to the terminal block.
1) Connect the connection wire securely to the terminal
block. If the wire is not affixed completely, contact will be
poor, and it is dangerous as the terminal block may heat
up and catch fire.
2) Take care not to confuse the terminal numbers for indoor
and outdoor connections.
Fix the connecting wire by wiring clamp.
Attach the terminal cover.
Attach the lid.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK
CAUTION
In case of faulty wiring connection, the indoor unit stops, and
then the run lamp turns on and the timer lamp blinks.
Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the
wires.
CENELEC code for cables Required field cables.
H05RNR4G1.5 (example) or 245IEC57
H Harmonized cable type
05 300/500 volts
R Natural-and/or synth, rubber wire insulation
N Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation
R Stranded core
4or5 Number of conductors
G One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor
(yellow/green)
1.5 Section of copper wire (mm2)
Preparation of indoor unit
Mounting of connecting wires
Terminal block
Lid
Terminal
cover
Clamp
The screws of the lid and the terminal
cover are tightened securely.
1 3
2 N
• Forced cooling operation
Turn on a power supply again after a while after turn off a power supply.
Then press continually the ON/OFF button 5 seconds or more.
○ Install the removed flared nuts to the pipes to be connected,
then flared the pipes.
○ Remove the flared nuts. (on both liquid and gas sides)
Keep the openings of the pipes covered with tapes etc. to prevent dust, sand, etc. from entering them.
CONNECTION OF REFRIGERANT PIPINGS
Preparation
(Do not turn)
Press
Remove
A
90 ± 0.5˚
Dimension A
Liquid side ø6.35 : 9.1 (mm)
Gas side ø9.52 : 13.2 (mm)
ø12.7 : 16.6 (mm)
CAUTION
Do not apply refrigerating machine
oil to the flared surface.
Indoor
Copper pipe diameter
Use a flare tool designed for R410A or a conventional flare tool.
Please note that measurement B (protrusion from the flaring block) will vary depending on the
type of a flare tool in use.
If a conventional flare tool is used, please use a copper pipe gauge or a similar instrument to
check protrusion so that you can keep measurement B to a correct value.
Clutch type flare tool for
R410A
Conventional (R22) flare tool
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
0.0 - 0.5
0.0 - 0.5
0.0 - 0.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.0 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.0
1.5 - 2.0
2.0 - 2.5
Measurement B (mm)
Clutch type Wing nut type
CAUTION
Do not apply excess torque to the flared nuts.
Otherwise, the flared nuts may check depending.
○ Arrange the drain hose in a downward angle.
○ Avoid the following drain piping.
○ Pour water to the drain pan located under the heat exchanger, and ensure that the water is discharged outdoor.
○ When the extended drain hose is indoor, securely insulate it with a heat insulator available in the market.
CAUTION
Wall
Gutter
Pipe accommodating section
Since this air conditioner has been designed to collect dew drops on the rear
surface to the drain pan, do not attach the power cord above the gutter.
Drainage
Go through all installation steps and check if the
drainage is all right. Otherwise water leak may occur.
Higher than specified The drain hose
tip is in water.
Wavy The drain hose
tip is in the gutter.
The gap to the ground is
5 cm or less.
Odor from
the gutter
2
1
Installation Steps
Pass the pipe through
the hole in the wall,
and hook the upper
part of the indoor unit
to the installation board.
Gently push the lower
part to secure the unit.
• How to remove the indoor unit from the installation board
Fixing of indoor unit
Push up at the marked portion of the indoor unit base lower latch, and slightly
pull it toward you. (both right and left hand sides) (The indoor unit base lower
latch can be removed from the installation board)
Push up the indoor unit upward. So the indoor unit will be removed from the
installation board.
1
2
The marked portion of the indoor unit base lower latch.
Indoor unit
Installation board
Installation board
Indoor unit base latch
Wall
Latch (2 locations)
CONCERNING TERMINAL CONNECTION FOR AN INTERFACE
Remove the front panel and lid of control.
Remove the control.
There is a terminal (respectively marked with CNS) for the indoor control board.
In connecting an interface, connect to the respective terminal securely with the connection harness
supplied with an optional “Interface connection kit SC-BIKN-E” and fasten the connection harness
onto the indoor control box with the clamp supplied with the kit.
For more details, please refer to the user’s manual of your “Interface connection kit SC-BIKN-E”.
1
2
3
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
The power supply voltage is correct as the rating.
No gas leaks from the joints of the operation valve.
Power cables and crossover wires are securely fixed to the terminal board.
The screws of the lid and the terminal cover are tightened securely.
Operation valve is fully open.
The pipe joints for indoor and outdoor pipes have been insulated.
Air conditioning operation is normal.
No abnormal noise.
Water drains smoothly.
Protective functions are not working.
The remote control is normal.
Operation of the unit has been explained to the customer.
(Three-minutes restart preventive timer)
When the air conditioner is restarted or when changing the operation, the unit
will not start operating for approximately 3 minutes.
This is to protect the unit and it is not a malfunction.
Test run
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turning on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
At the same time, explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the user’s manual.
○ Connect the pipes on both liquid and gas sides.
○ Tighten the nuts to the following torque.
Liquid side (ø6.35) : 14.0 - 18.0 N·m (1.4 - 1.8 kgf·m)
Gas side (ø9.52) : 34.0 - 42.0 N·m (3.4 - 4.2 kgf·m)
(ø12.7) : 49.0 - 61.0 N·m (4.9 - 6.1 kgf·m)
Connection Insulation of the connection portion
Indoor
Liquid side
Gas side
(Do not turn)
• Cover the indoor unit s flare-connected joints, after they are checked for a gas leak,
with an indoor unit heat insulating material and then wrap them with a tape with an
attached insulation pad placed over the heat insulating material’s slit area.
Cover the coupling with insulator and then cover it with tapes.
Vinyl tape
Use an attached insulation pad for heat insulation.
Position it so that the slit area faces upward.
Installing the air-cleaning filters
Filter holder
Air-cleaning filter
1. Open the air inlet panel and remove the air filters.
2. Install the filter holders, with the air-cleaning filters installed in the holders.
In the air conditioner.
• Each air-cleaning filter can be installed in the left or right filter holder.
3. Install the air filters and close the inlet panel.
Connect charge hose to check joint of outdoor unit.
Liquid side : Close the liquid valve with hexagon wrench key.
Gas side : Fully open the gas valve.
Carry out cooling operation. (If indoor temperature is low, operate
forced cooling operation.)
After low pressure gauge become 0.01MPa, stop cooling operation
and close the gas valve.
1
2
3
<How to pump down>
○ In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down (recovery of refrigerant).
○ Pump down is the method of recovering refrigerant from the indoor unit to the
outdoor unit when the pipes are removed from the unit.
HOW TO RELOCATE OR DISPOSE OF THE UNIT
Unit ON/OFF button
Indoor unit PCB
CNS terminal
Lid of control
-
25
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
●
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
●
A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut's parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
●
Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
●
In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
●
All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
●
Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
●
When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to the
installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads so that
you may not damage the unit.
2) Portage
●
The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person carrying
the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on the front panel
of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section
3) Selecting the installation location
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
〇
Where air is not trapped.
〇
Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
〇 Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
〇
Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
〇
A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
〇
Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
〇
Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
〇
Where snow will not accumulate.
〇
Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
〇
A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
〇
If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is -5℃lower, the outdoor unit should be installed
at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
〇
Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the following guidelines
Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of high pressure and a broken fan
1.Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the wind direction.
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR OUTDOOR UNIT
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it during the installation work in order
to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels, and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the
operating methods as well as the maintenance methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s
manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where any user can read at any time.
Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by using suitable protective
clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
• This installation manual deals with outdoor units and general installation specifications only. For indoor units, refer to the respective installation manuals supplied with the units.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Never do it under any circumstances. Always do it according to the instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury, as a result of a system malfunction. Do not
carry out the installation and maintenance work except the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is installed i n inferior environment such as machine shop and etc.,
it can cause malfunction.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage, referred
by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and install
the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause serious
accident.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand
earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage during
installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and serious
accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• Do not open the operation valves for liquid line and gas line until
completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and evacuation.
If the compressor is operated in state of opening operation valves before
completed connection of refriger ant piping work, air can be sucked into refrigerant
circuit, which can cause bust or personal injury due to anomalously high pressure
in the refrigerant.
• The electrical installation must be carried out by the qualified electrician
in accordance with “the norm for electrical work” and “national wiring
regulation”, and the system must be connected to the dedicated circuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by improper
work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or incorrect
function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means of a
circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of at least
3mm.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the cables
securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to prevent
overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat production or fire.
• Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or
personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Stop the compressor before removing the pipe after shutting the
service valve on pump down work.
If the pipe is removed when the compressor is in operation with the service valve
open, air would be mixed in the refrigeration circuit and it could cause explosion
and injuries due to abnormal high pressure in the cooling cycle.
• Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out
by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water
leaks, electric shocks, fire.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in th e refrigerant circuit, the pres sure in the refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, w hich can cause burst and person al injury.
•
Do not processing, splice the power cord, or share a socket with other power plugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting insulation
and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do not
deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and
temperature controller or the use of non specified component can cause fire or
burst.
RWC012A030C
Model 09, 12
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
a
(2) Installation of outdoor unit
Models DXC09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S
-
26
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
2. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
1) Restrictions on unit installation and use
●Check the following points in light of the indoor unit specifications and the installation site.
●
Observe the following restrictions on unit installation and use. Improper installation can result in a compressor failure or performance degradation
●Additional refrigerant charge is not required at all.
2) Determination of pipe size
●Determine refrigerant pipe size pursuant to the following guidelines based on the
indoor unit specifications.
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
●
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
●
A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut's parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
●
Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
●
In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
●
All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
●
Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
●
When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to the
installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads so that
you may not damage the unit.
2) Portage
●
The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person carrying
the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on the front panel
of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section
3) Selecting the installation location
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
〇
Where air is not trapped.
〇
Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
〇
Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
〇
Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
〇
A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
〇
Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
〇
Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
〇
Where snow will not accumulate.
〇
Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
〇
A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
〇
If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is -5℃lower, the outdoor unit should be installed
at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
〇
Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the following guidelines
Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of high pressure and a broken fan
1.Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the wind direction.
2.Install so the direction of the air from the blowing outlet will be
perpendicular to the direction of the wind.
CAUTION
●
The use restrictions appearing in the table above are applicable to the standard pipe size combinations shown in the table below.
Main pipe length
Elevation difference between
indoor and outdoor units
Outdoor unit connected
Refrigerant piping (branch pipeL)
Indoor unit connected
3) Refrigerant pipe wall thickness and material
●
Select refrigerant pipes of the table shown on the right wall thickness and
material as specified for each pipe size.
NOTE
●
Select pipes having a wall thickness larger than the specified
minimum pipe thickness.
Accessories for outdoor unit
• Model name and power source
• Refrigerant piping length
• Piping, wiring and miscellaneous small parts
• Indoor unit installation manual
Necessary tools for the installation work
Wrench key (Hexagon) [4m/m]
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter (Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Gauge manifold (Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose (Designed specifically for R410A)
Flaring tool set (Designed specifically for R410A)
Gas leak detector (Designed specifically for R410A)
Gauge for projection adjustment
(Used when flare is made by using conventional flare tool)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Plus headed driver
Knife
Saw
Tape measure
Hammer
Spanner wrench
Torque wrench [14.0~62.0N·m (1.4~6.2kgf·m)]
Hole core drill (65mm in diameter)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Grommet (Heat pump type only)
Drain elbow (Heat pump type only)
Q’ty
1
1
1
2
Option parts
Sealing plate
Sleeve
Inclination plate
Putty
Drain hose (extension hose)
Piping cover
(for insulation of connection piping)
Q’ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
Check before installation work
a
b
c
d
e
f
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR OUTDOOR UNIT
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it during the installation work in order
to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels, and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the
operating methods as well as the maintenance methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s
manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where any user can read at any time.
Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by using suitable protective
clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
• This installation manual deals with outdoor units and general installation specifications only. For indoor units, refer to the respective installation manuals supplied with the units.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Never do it under any circumstances. Always do it according to the instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
CAUTION
• Carry out the electrical work for ground lead with care.
Do not connect the ground lead to the gas line, water line, lightning conductor or telephone line’s ground lead. Incorrect grounding can cause unit faults such as electric shocks due to short-circuiting.
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may cause serious trouble such as water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury, as a result of a system malfunction. Do not
carry out the installation and maintenance work except the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installation may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks, electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is installed i n inferior environment such as machine shop and etc.,
it can cause malfunction.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage, referred
by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and install
the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause serious
accident.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand
earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working area well in the event of refrigerant leakage during
installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and serious
accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• Do not open the operation valves for liquid line and gas line until
completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and evacuation.
If the compressor is operated in state of opening operation valves before
completed connection of refriger ant piping work, air can be sucked into refrigerant
circuit, which can cause bust or personal injury due to anomalously high pressure
in the refrigerant.
• The electrical installation must be carried out by the qualified electrician
in accordance with “the norm for electrical work” and “national wiring
regulation”, and the system must be connected to the dedicated circuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by improper
work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or incorrect
function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means of a
circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of at least
3mm.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the cables
securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to prevent
overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat production or fire.
• Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or
personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Stop the compressor before removing the pipe after shutting the
service valve on pump down work.
If the pipe is removed when the compressor is in operation with the service valve
open, air would be mixed in the refrigeration circuit and it could cause explosion
and injuries due to abnormal high pressure in the cooling cycle.
• Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out
by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water
leaks, electric shocks, fire.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in th e refrigerant circuit, the pres sure in the refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, w hich can cause burst and person al injury.
•
Do not processing, splice the power cord, or share a socket with other power plugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting insulation
and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do not
deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and
temperature controller or the use of non specified component can cause fire or
burst.
• Use the circuit breaker for all pole correct capacity. Circuit breaker
should be the one that disconnect all poles under over current.
Using the incorrect circuit breaker, it can cause the unit malfunction and fire.
• Install isolator or disconnect switch on the power supply wiring in
accordance with the local codes and regulations.
The isolator should be locked in OFF state in accordance with EN60204-1.
• After maintenance, all wiring, wiring ties and the like, should be returned
to their original state and wiring route, and the necessary clearance from
all metal parts should be secured.
• Secure a space for installation, inspection and maintenance specified in
the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injury due to falling from
the installation place.
• Take care when carrying the unit by hand.
If the unit weights more than 20kg, it must be carried by two or more persons. Do
not carry by the plastic straps, always use the carry handle when carrying the unit
by hand. Use gloves to minimize the risk of cuts by the aluminum fins.
• Dispose of any packing materials correctly.
Any remaining packing materials can cause personal injury as it contains nails and
wood. And to avoid dan ger of suffocation, be sure to keep t he plastic wrapper
away from children and to dispose after tear it up.
• Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the
ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient insulation ca n cause condensation, which can lead to mois ture
damage on the ceiling, flo or, furniture and any other valua bles.
• When perform the air conditioner operation (cooling or drying operation)
in which ventilator is installed in the room. In this case, using the air
conditioner in parallel with the ventilator, there is the possibility that
drain water may backflow in accordance with the room lapse into the
negative pressure status. Therefore, set up the opening port such as
incorporate the air into the room that may appropriate to ventilation (For
example; Open the door a little). In addition, just as above, so set up the
opening port if the room lapse into negative pressure status due to
register of the wind for the high rise apartment etc.
• Do not install the unit in the locations listed below.
•Locations w here carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
•Locations w here any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide gas,
chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
•Vehicles and ships.
•Locations w here cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
•Locations w ith direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and
machine plant.
•Locations w here any machines which generate high frequency harmonics are
used.
•Locations w ith salty atmospheres such as coastlines.
•Locations w ith heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and snow
hood mentioned in the manual).
•Locations w here the unit is exposed to chimney smoke.
•Locations a t high altitude (more than 1000m high).
•Locations w ith ammonic atmospheres.
•Locations w here heat radiation from other heat source can affect the unit.
•Locations w ithout good air circulation.
•Locations w ith any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the unit.
•Locations w here short circuit of air can occur (in case of multiple units
installation).
•Locations w here strong air blows against the air outlet of outdoor unit.
•Locations w here something located above the unit could fall.
It can cause remarkable decrease in performance, corrosion and damage of
components, malfunction and fire.
• Do not install the outdoor unit in the locations listed below.
• Locations where discharged hot air or operating sound of the outdoor unit c an
bother neighborhood.
• Locations where outlet air of the outdoor unit blows directly to an animal or
plants. The outlet air can affect adversely to the plant etc.
• Locations where vibration can be amplified and transmitted due to insuffici ent
strength of structure.
• Locations where vibration and operation sound generated by the outdoor unit
can affect seriously (on the wall or at the place near bed room).
• Locations where an equipment affected by high harmonics is placed (TV set o r
radio receiver is placed within 5m).
• Locations where drainage cannot run off safely.
It can affect surrounding environment and cause a claim.
• Do not install the unit near the location where leakage of combustible
gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
• Do not install the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas etc.)
or combustible gas (such as thinner and petroleum gases) can accumulate
or collect, or where volatile combustible substances are handled.
Corrosive gas can caus e corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plasti c parts
and etc. And combustib le gas can cause fire.
• Do not install nor use the system close to the equipment that generates
electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics.
Equipment such as inverters, standby generators, medical high frequency
equipments and telecommunication equipments can affect the system, and cause
malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical equipment and
telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or cause jamming.
•Do not inst all the outdoor unit in a location where insects and small
animals can inhabit.
Insects and small animals can enter the electric parts and cause damage or fire.
Instruct the user to keep the surroundings clean.
•Do not use the base flame for outdoor unit which is corroded or damaged
due to long periods of operation.
Using an old and damage base flame can cause the unit falling down and cause
personal injury.
•Do not use any materials other than a fuse with the correct rating in the
location where fuses are to be used.
Connecting the circ uit with copper wire or other m etal thread can cause unit
failure and fire.
•Do not touc h any buttons with wet hands.
It can cause electric shocks.
•Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the system is in
operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes become extremely hot or extremely cold
depending the operating condition, and it can cause burn injury or frost injury.
•Do not touc h the suction or aluminum fin on the outdoor unit.
This may cause injury.
•Do not put anything on the outdoor unit and operating unit.
This may cause damage the objects or injury due to falling to the object.
•Do not use the unit for special purposes such as storing foods, cooling
precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or art.
•Do not clea n up the unit with water.
RWC012A030C
Model 09, 12
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
a
-
27
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
●
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
●
A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut's parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
●
Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
●
In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
●
All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION
(Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
②
Notabilia for installation
Intake
The height of a wall is 1200mm or less.
(
service
space
)
Intake
Outlet
Fasten with bolts
(M10-12)
Use a thicker block toanchor deeper.
Use a long block to
extend the width.
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
●
Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
●
When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to the
installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads so that
you may not damage the unit.
2) Portage
●
The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person carrying
the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on the front panel
of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section
.
3) Selecting the installation location
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
〇
Where air is not trapped.
〇
Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
〇 Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
〇 Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
〇
A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
〇
Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
〇
Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
〇
Where snow will not accumulate.
〇
Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
〇
A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
〇
If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is -5℃lower, the outdoor unit should be installed
at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
〇
Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the following guidelines
.
Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of high pressure and a broken fan
.
4) Installation space
●
Walls surrounding the unit in the four sides are not acceptable.
●
There must be a 1-meter or larger space in the above.
●
When more than one unit are installed side by side, provide a 250mm or wider interval between them as a
service space. In order to facilitate servicing of controllers, please provide a sufficient space between units
so that their top plates can be removed easily.
●
Where a danger of short-circuiting exists, install guide louvers.
●
When more than one unit are installed, provide sufficient intake space consciously so that short-circuiting may not occur
.
●
Where piling snow can bury the outdoor unit, provide proper snow guards.
1.Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the wind direction.
L3
L
2
L
4
L
1
Model 09, 12
Example installation
Size
L1
L2
L3
L4
Ⅰ
Open
100
100
250
Ⅱ
280
75
80
Open
Ⅲ
280
Open
80
250
Ⅳ
180
Open
80
Open
（mm）
①
Anchor bolt fixed position
●
In installing the unit, fix the unit’s legs with bolts specified on the left.
●
The protrusion of an anchor bolt on the front side must be kept within 15 mm.
●
Securely install the unit so that it does not fall over during earthquakes or strong winds, etc.
●
Refer to the above illustrations for information regarding concrete foundations.
●
Install the unit in a level area. (With a gradient of 5 mm or less.)
Improper installation can result in a compressor failure, broken piping within the unit and abnormal noise generation.
Heavy
Wind direction
Wind direction
2.Install so the direction of the air from the blowing outlet will be
perpendicular to the direction of the wind.
5) Installation
Pad
Over 500mm
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
111
510 157.8
351.6
-
28
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
2. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
1) Restrictions on unit installation and use
●Check the following points in light of the indoor unit specifications and the installation site.
●Observe the following restrictions on unit installation and use. Improper installation can result in a compressor failure or performance degradation
.
●Additional refrigerant charge is not required at all.
2) Determination of pipe size
●Determine refrigerant pipe size pursuant to the following guidelines based on the
indoor unit specifications.
15m or less
10m or less
10m or less
L
H
H
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
φ9.52 φ6.35
Flare Flare
φ9.52 φ6.35
φ9.52 φ6.35
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
●
Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
●
A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut's parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
●
Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
●
In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
●
All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION
(Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
②
Notabilia for installation
Intake
The height of a wall is 1200mm or less.
(
service
space
)
Intake
Outlet
Fasten with bolts
(M10-12)
Use a thicker block toanchor deeper.
Use a long block to
extend the width.
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
●
Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
●
When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to the
installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads so that
you may not damage the unit.
2) Portage
●
The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person carrying
the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on the front panel
of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section
.
3) Selecting the installation location
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
〇
Where air is not trapped.
〇
Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
〇
Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
〇
Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
〇
A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
〇
Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
〇
Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
〇
Where snow will not accumulate.
〇
Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
〇
A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 5m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
〇
If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is -5℃lower, the outdoor unit should be installed
at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
〇
Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the following guidelines
.
Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of high pressure and a broken fan
.
4) Installation space
●
Walls surrounding the unit in the four sides are not acceptable.
●
There must be a 1-meter or larger space in the above.
●
When more than one unit are installed side by side, provide a 250mm or wider interval between them as a
service space. In order to facilitate servicing of controllers, please provide a sufficient space between units
so that their top plates can be removed easily.
●
Where a danger of short-circuiting exists, install guide louvers.
●
When more than one unit are installed, provide sufficient intake space consciously so that short-circuiting may not occur
.
●
Where piling snow can bury the outdoor unit, provide proper snow guards.
1.Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the wind direction.
L3
L2
L
4
L
1
Model 09, 12
Example installation
Size
L1
L2
L3
L4
Ⅰ
Open
100
100
250
Ⅱ
280
75
80
Open
Ⅲ
280
Open
80
250
Ⅳ
180
Open
80
Open
（mm）
①
Anchor bolt fixed position
●
In installing the unit, fix the unit’s legs with bolts specified on the left.
●
The protrusion of an anchor bolt on the front side must be kept within 15 mm.
●
Securely install the unit so that it does not fall over during earthquakes or strong winds, etc.
●
Refer to the above illustrations for information regarding concrete foundations.
●
Install the unit in a level area. (With a gradient of 5 mm or less.)
Improper installation can result in a compressor failure, broken piping within the unit and abnormal noise generation.
Heavy
Wind direction
Wind direction
2.Install so the direction of the air from the blowing outlet will be
perpendicular to the direction of the wind.
5) Installation
L
H
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
CAUTION
●
The use restrictions appearing in the table above are applicable to the standard pipe size combinations shown in the table below.
Restrictions
Dimensional restrictions
Marks appearing in the drawing on the right
Main pipe length
When the outdoor unit is positioned higher,
When the outdoor unit is positioned lower,
Elevation difference between
indoor and outdoor units
Outdoor unit connected
Refrigerant piping (branch pipeL)
Indoor unit connected
Plug the end of the pipe with tape, or other
material, and fill the pipe with nitrogen gas.
Only use nitrogen gas (N2)
Taping
＜N2＞
Nitrogen
Brazing
Station valve
Primary side Secondary side
0.5MPa
Hand
Relief valve
Nitrogen
gas
Brazing must be performed under a nitrogen gas flow.
Without nitrogen gas, a large quantity of foreign matters (oxidized film) are created,
causing a critical failure from capillary tube or expansion valve clogging.
About brazing
When pipe is brazing.
3) Refrigerant pipe wall thickness and material
●
Select refrigerant pipes of the table shown on the right wall thickness and
material as specified for each pipe size.
Pipe diameter [mm]
Minimum pipe wall thickness [mm]
Pipe material*
6.35
0.8
O-type pipe
9.52
0.8
O-type pipe
NOTE
*Phosphorus deoxidized seamless copper pipe ICS 23.040.15, ICS 77.150.30
●
Select pipes having a wall thickness larger than the specified
minimum pipe thickness.
Pad
Over 500mm
Model 09, 12
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
111
510 157.8
351.6
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK
For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch
components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component
, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
●
Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
●
Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an adhesive tape) so
that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
●
Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical.(R100〜R150) Do not bend a pipe repeatedly to correct
its form.
●
Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after engaging a
flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from those for conventional R407C.
Although we recommend the use of flaring tools designed specifically for R410A, conventional
flaring tools can also be used by adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion
control gauge.
●
The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
●
Tighten a flare joint securely.
Please remove the screw of a side cover and remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
0
ー0．4
Ａ
9．1
13.2
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B
(mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool With a conventional tool
0〜0.5 1.0〜1.5
Side cover
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
●
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
●braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51),
●ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
●flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
●
Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire
If impropery grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
●
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
●
The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an
acccident such as an electric shock or a fire.
●
Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completeted .
●
Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause
an abnormal overheat accident)
●
For power supply cables, use conduits.
The screw of the side cover
is tightened securely.
-
29
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Wires for connecting indoor
and outdoor units
Exterior tape
Gas piping
Insulation
Liquid piping
Band (accessory)
Pipe cover (accessory)
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
○
It holds cables in place and protect the terminal
connection from external force.
○
This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
○
Please be sure to carry out D-type (type III)
grounding work.
○
It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
Indoor - Outdoor
connecting wire
Power cable
Please connect the earthed line of indoor and outdoor
connecting wire to a bracket part of the illustration
power cable, indoor - outdoor connecting wire circuit diagram
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK
For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
7) Heating and condensation prevention
(1) Dress refrigerant pipes (both gas and liquid pipes) for heat insulation and prevention of dew condensation.
●
Improper heat insulation/anti-dew dressing can result in a water leak or dripping causing damage to household effects, etc.
(2) Use a heat insulating material that can withstand 120℃ or a higher temperature. Poor heat insulating capacity can cause heat insulation problems or cable
deterioration.
●
All gas pipes must be securely heat insulated in order to prevent damage from dripping water that comes from the condensation formed on them during a cooling operation
or personal injury from burns because their surface can reach quite a high temperature due to discharged gas flowing inside during a heating operation.
●
Wrap indoor units’ flare joints with heat insulating parts (pipe cover) for heat insulation (both gas and liquid pipes).
●
Give heat insulation to both gas and liquid side pipes. Bundle a heat insulating material and a pipe tightly together so that no gaps may be left between them and wrap them
together with a connecting cable by a dressing tape.
●
Both gas and liquid pipes need to be dressed with 20 mm or thicker heat insulation materials above the ceiling where relative humidity exceeds 70%.
CAUTION
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch
components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component
, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
●
Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
●
Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an adhesive tape) so
that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
●
Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical.(R100〜R150) Do not bend a pipe repeatedly to correct
its form.
●
Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after engaging a
flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from those for conventional R407C.
Although we recommend the use of flaring tools designed specifically for R410A, conventional
flaring tools can also be used by adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion
control gauge.
●
The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
●
Tighten a flare joint securely.
Please remove the screw of a side cover and remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
0
ー0．4
Ａ
9．1
13.2
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B
(mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool With a conventional tool
0〜0.5 1.0〜1.5
CAUTION
Do not apply force beyond proper fastening torque in tightening the flare nut.
Fix both liquid and gas operation valves at the valve main bodies as illustrated on the right, and then fasten
them, applying appropriate fastening torque.
Tightening angle (° )
Tightening torque (N·m)
φ6.35 (1/4")
φ9.52 (3/8")
14〜18
34〜42
45〜60
30〜45
150
200
Use a torque wrench. If a torque wrench is
not available, fasten the flare nut manually
first and then tighten it further, using the
left table as a guide.
Recommended length of a tool handle (mm)Operation valve size (mm)
5) Air tightness test
① Although outdoor and indoor units themselves have been tested for air tightness at the factory, check the connecting pipes after the installation work for air tightness
from the operation valve’s check joint equipped on the outdoor unit side. While conducting a test, keep the operation valve shut all the time.
a) Raise the pressure to 0.5 MPa, and then stop. Leave it for five minutes to see if the pressure drops.
b) Then raise the pressure to 1.5 MPa, and stop. Leave it for five more minutes to see if the pressure drops.
c) Then raise the pressure to the specified level (4.15 MPa), and record the ambient temperature and the pressure.
d) If no pressure drop is observed with an installation pressurized to the specified level and left for about one day, it is acceptable. When the ambient Temperature fall
1℃, the pressure also fall approximately 0.01 MPa. The pressure, if changed, should be compensated for.
e) If a pressure drop is observed in checking e) and a) – d), a leak exists somewhere. Find a leak by applying bubble test liquid to welded parts and flare joints and
repair it. After repair, conduct an air-tightness test again.
② In conducting an air-tightness test, use nitrogen gas and pressurize the system with nitrogen gas from the gas side. Do not use a medium other than nitrogen gas
under any circumstances.
Gas side
operation valve
Check joint
Pressur
ize
Close
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
＜Work flow＞
6) Evacuation
Pay attention to the following points in addition to the above for the R410A and
compatible machines.
○
To prevent a different oil from entering, assign dedicated tools, etc. to each refrigerant
type. Under no circumstances must a gauge manifold and a charge hose in particular
be shared with other refrigerant types (R22, R407C, etc.).
○
Use a counterflow prevention adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from entering the
refrigerant system.
Airtighteness test completed
Fill refrigerant
Vacuum gauge check
Vacuuming completed
Vacuuming begins
Run the vacuum pump for at least one hour after the vacuum
gauge shows -101kPa or lower. (-755mmHg or lower)
Confirm that the vacuum gauge indicator does not rise even if
the system is left for one hour or more.
When the system has remaining moisture
inside or a leaky point, the vacuum gauge
indicator will rise.
Check the system for a leaky point and
then draw air to create a vacuum again.
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turnig on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
Explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the instruction manual.
Side cover
Do not hold the valve cap area with a spanner.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
●
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
●braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51),
●ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
●flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
●
Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire
If impropery grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
●
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
●
The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an
acccident such as an electric shock or a fire.
●
Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completeted .
●
Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause
an abnormal overheat accident)
●
For power supply cables, use conduits.
●
Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result
in the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
●
Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
●
When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
●
Always use a three-core cable for an indoor-outdoor connecting cable. Never use a shield cable.
(three-way valve)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
Gauge Manifold
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Handle Hi.
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter
(Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Check joint
-0.1MPa
(-76cmHg)
Handle Lo
Operation Valve
Operation Valve
(two-way valve)
Operation Valve
Cap
Operation Valve
Cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Operation valve cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Check joint blind nut
φ6.35 (1/4")
φ9.52 (3/8")
20〜30 10〜12
Operation valve size
(mm)
Securely tighten the operation valve cap and the check joint blind nut after adjustment.
The screw of the side cover
is tightened securely.
-
30
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Wires for connecting indoor
and outdoor units
Exterior tape
Gas piping
Insulation
Liquid piping
Band (accessory)
Pipe cover (accessory)
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
○
It holds cables in place and protect the terminal
connection from external force.
○
This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
○
Please be sure to carry out D-type (type III)
grounding work.
○
It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
Indoor - Outdoor
connecting wire
Power cable
Please connect the earthed line of indoor and outdoor
connecting wire to a bracket part of the illustration
power cable, indoor - outdoor connecting wire circuit diagram
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
●
When condensed water needs to be
led to a drain, etc., install the unit on
a flat base (supplied separately as an
optional part) or concrete blocks.
ޓThen, please secure space for the drain
elbow and the drain hose.
Drain elbow
Grommet
Drain hose
(To be procured on the installer's part)
7) Heating and condensation prevention
(1) Dress refrigerant pipes (both gas and liquid pipes) for heat insulation and prevention of dew condensation.
●
Improper heat insulation/anti-dew dressing can result in a water leak or dripping causing damage to household effects, etc.
(2) Use a heat insulating material that can withstand 120℃ or a higher temperature. Poor heat insulating capacity can cause heat insulation problems or cable
deterioration.
●
All gas pipes must be securely heat insulated in order to prevent damage from dripping water that comes from the condensation formed on them during a cooling operation
or personal injury from burns because their surface can reach quite a high temperature due to discharged gas flowing inside during a heating operation.
●
Wrap indoor units’ flare joints with heat insulating parts (pipe cover) for heat insulation (both gas and liquid pipes).
●
Give heat insulation to both gas and liquid side pipes. Bundle a heat insulating material and a pipe tightly together so that no gaps may be left between them and wrap them
together with a connecting cable by a dressing tape.
●
Both gas and liquid pipes need to be dressed with 20 mm or thicker heat insulation materials above the ceiling where relative humidity exceeds 70%.
●
Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
●
Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain grommets
with putty or adequate caulking material.
●
Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of operation
valve or connected pipes.
Do not put a gro mmet
on this hole.
This is a supplementary
drain hole to discharge
drain water, when a large
quantity of it is gathered.
CAUTION
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch
components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component
, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
●
Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
●
Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an adhesive tape) so
that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
●
Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical.(R100〜R150) Do not bend a pipe repeatedly to correct
its form.
●
Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after engaging a
flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from those for conventional R407C.
Although we recommend the use of flaring tools designed specifically for R410A, conventional
flaring tools can also be used by adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion
control gauge.
●
The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
●
Tighten a flare joint securely.
Please remove the screw of a side cover and remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
0
ー0．4
Ａ
9．1
13.2
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B
(mm)
φ6.35
φ9.52
Copper
pipe outer
diameter
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool With a conventional tool
0〜0.5 1.0〜1.5
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not apply force beyond proper fastening torque in tightening the flare nut.
Fix both liquid and gas operation valves at the valve main bodies as illustrated on the right, and then fasten
them, applying appropriate fastening torque.
Tightening angle (° )
Tightening torque (N·m)
φ6.35 (1/4")
φ9.52 (3/8")
14〜18
34〜42
45〜60
30〜45
150
200
Use a torque wrench. If a torque wrench is
not available, fasten the flare nut manually
first and then tighten it further, using the
left table as a guide.
Recommended length of a tool handle (mm)Operation valve size (mm)
5) Air tightness test
① Although outdoor and indoor units themselves have been tested for air tightness at the factory, check the connecting pipes after the installation work for air tightness
from the operation valve’s check joint equipped on the outdoor unit side. While conducting a test, keep the operation valve shut all the time.
a) Raise the pressure to 0.5 MPa, and then stop. Leave it for five minutes to see if the pressure drops.
b) Then raise the pressure to 1.5 MPa, and stop. Leave it for five more minutes to see if the pressure drops.
c) Then raise the pressure to the specified level (4.15 MPa), and record the ambient temperature and the pressure.
d) If no pressure drop is observed with an installation pressurized to the specified level and left for about one day, it is acceptable. When the ambient Temperature fall
1℃, the pressure also fall approximately 0.01 MPa. The pressure, if changed, should be compensated for.
e) If a pressure drop is observed in checking e) and a) – d), a leak exists somewhere. Find a leak by applying bubble test liquid to welded parts and flare joints and
repair it. After repair, conduct an air-tightness test again.
② In conducting an air-tightness test, use nitrogen gas and pressurize the system with nitrogen gas from the gas side. Do not use a medium other than nitrogen gas
under any circumstances.
Gas side
operation valve
Check joint
Pressur
ize
Close
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
＜Work flow＞
6) Evacuation
Pay attention to the following points in addition to the above for the R410A and
compatible machines.
○
To prevent a different oil from entering, assign dedicated tools, etc. to each refrigerant
type. Under no circumstances must a gauge manifold and a charge hose in particular
be shared with other refrigerant types (R22, R407C, etc.).
○
Use a counterflow prevention adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from entering the
refrigerant system.
Airtighteness test completed
Fill refrigerant
Vacuum gauge check
Vacuuming completed
Vacuuming begins
Run the vacuum pump for at least one hour after the vacuum
gauge shows -101kPa or lower. (-755mmHg or lower)
Confirm that the vacuum gauge indicator does not rise even if
the system is left for one hour or more.
When the system has remaining moisture
inside or a leaky point, the vacuum gauge
indicator will rise.
Check the system for a leaky point and
then draw air to create a vacuum again.
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turnig on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
Explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the instruction manual.
Side cover
Power cables and connecting wires are securely fixed to the terminal block.
The power supply voltage is correct as the rating.
The drain hose is fixed securely.
Operational valve is fully open.
No gas leaks from the joints of the operational valve.
Do not hold the valve cap area with a spanner.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
●
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
●braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51),
●ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
●flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
●
Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire
If impropery grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
●
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
●
The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an
acccident such as an electric shock or a fire.
●
Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completeted .
●
Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause
an abnormal overheat accident)
●
For power supply cables, use conduits.
●
Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result
in the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
●
Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
●
When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
●
Always use a three-core cable for an indoor-outdoor connecting cable. Never use a shield cable.
Clearance
(three-way valve)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
Gauge Manifold
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Handle Hi.
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter
(Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Check joint
-0.1MPa
(-76cmHg)
Handle Lo
Operation Valve
Operation Valve
(two-way valve)
Operation Valve
Cap
Operation Valve
Cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Operation valve cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Check joint blind nut
φ6.35 (1/4")
φ9.52 (3/8")
20〜30 10〜12
Operation valve size
(mm)
Securely tighten the operation valve cap and the check joint blind nut after adjustment.
Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (T here is a risk of drain water
freezing inside and blocking the drain.)
●
The screw of the side cover
is tightened securely.
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
○
It holds cables in place and protect the terminal
connection from external force.
○
This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
○
Please be sure to carry out D-type (type III)
grounding work.
○
It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK
For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
CAUTION
Power cable, indoor-outdoor connecting wires
Always use an earth leakage circuit breaker designed for inverter circuits to
prevent a faulty operation.
●
Always perform grounding system installation work with the power cord unplugged.
Outdoor unit
Switchgear or Circuit breaker
112/N
2/N
3
1 2/N 3
Indoor unit
Earth leakage breaker
(Harmonic resistant type)
Interconnecting and
grounding wires
(minimum)
09
12
2.0
mm
2
30A 16A
1.5mm2×4
15A,30mA,
0.1sec or less
Switchgear or
Circuit Breaker
Switch breaker
Over current protector
rated capacity
Earth leakage breaker
●
The specifications shown in the above table are for units without heaters. For units with heaters, refer to
the installation instructions or the construction instructions of the indoor unit.
●
Switchgear or Circuit breaker capacity which is calculated from MAX. over current should be chosen along the
regulations in each country.
●
The cable specifications are based on the assumption that a metal or plastic conduit is used with no more than
three cables contained in a conduit and a voltage drop is 2%. For an installation falling outside of these
conditions, please follow the internal cabling regulations. Adapt it to the regulation in effect in each country.
Power souce
(minimum)
ModelPhase
Single-phase
CAUTION
In case of faulty wiring connection, the indoor unit stops,
and then the run lamp turns on and the timer lamp blinks.
Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the wires.
CENELEC code for cables Required field cables.
H
05
R
N
R
4or5
G
1.5
Harmonized cable type
300/500 volts
Natural-and/or synth. rubber wire insulation
Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation
Stranded core
Number of conductors
One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor
(yellow/green)
Section of copper wire (mm2)
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
●
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
●braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51),
●ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
●flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
●
Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire
.
If impropery grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
●
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
●
The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an
acccident such as an electric shock or a fire.
●
Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completeted .
●
Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause
an abnormal overheat accident)
●
For power supply cables, use conduits.
●
Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result
in the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
●
Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
●
When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
●
Always use a three-core cable for an indoor-outdoor connecting cable. Never use a shield cable.
RWC012A030C
H05RNR4G1.5 (Example) or 245IEC57
-
31
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
○
It holds cables in place and protect the terminal
connection from external force.
○
This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
○
Please be sure to carry out D-type (type III)
grounding work.
○
It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
Indoor - Outdoor
connecting wire
Power cable
Please connect the earthed line of indoor and outdoor
connecting wire to a bracket part of the illustration
power cable, indoor - outdoor connecting wire circuit diagram
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK
For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Power cable, indoor-outdoor connecting wires
Always use an earth leakage circuit breaker designed for inverter circuits to
prevent a faulty operation.
●
Always perform grounding system installation work with the power cord unplugged.
Outdoor unit
Switchgear or Circuit breaker
112/N
2/N
3
1 2/N 3
Indoor unit
Earth leakage breaker
(Harmonic resistant type)
Interconnecting and
grounding wires
(minimum)
09
12
2.0
mm
2
30A 16A
1.5mm2×4
15A,30mA,
0.1sec or less
Switchgear or
Circuit Breaker
Switch breaker
Over current protector
rated capacity
Earth leakage breaker
●
The specifications shown in the above table are for units without heaters. For units with heaters, refer to
the installation instructions or the construction instructions of the indoor unit.
●
Switchgear or Circuit breaker capacity which is calculated from MAX. over current should be chosen along the
regulations in each country.
●
The cable specifications are based on the assumption that a metal or plastic conduit is used with no more than
three cables contained in a conduit and a voltage drop is 2%. For an installation falling outside of these
conditions, please follow the internal cabling regulations. Adapt it to the regulation in effect in each country.
Power souce
(minimum)
ModelPhase
Single-phase
CAUTION
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turnig on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
Explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the instruction manual.
In case of faulty wiring connection, the indoor unit stops,
and then the run lamp turns on and the timer lamp blinks.
Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the wires.
CENELEC code for cables Required field cables.
H
05
R
N
R
4or5
G
1.5
Harmonized cable type
300/500 volts
Natural-and/or synth. rubber wire insulation
Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation
Stranded core
Number of conductors
One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor
(yellow/green)
Section of copper wire (mm2)
Power cables and connecting wires are securely fixed to the terminal block.
The power supply voltage is correct as the rating.
The drain hose is fixed securely.
Operational valve is fully open.
No gas leaks from the joints of the operational valve.
The pipe joints for indoor and outdoor pipes have been insulated.
The reverse flow check cap is attached.
The cover of the pipe cover (A) faces downward to prevent rain from entering.
Gaps are properly sealed between the pipe covers (A) (B) and the wall surface / pipes.
The screw of the slide cover is tightened securely.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
●
Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
●braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51),
●ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
●flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41);
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
●
Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire
.
If impropery grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
●
A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
●
The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an
acccident such as an electric shock or a fire.
●
Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completeted .
●
Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause
an abnormal overheat accident)
●
For power supply cables, use conduits.
●
Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result
in the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
●
Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
●
When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
●
Always use a three-core cable for an indoor-outdoor connecting cable. Never use a shield cable.
RWC012A030C
H05RNR4G1.5 (Example) or 245IEC57
-
32
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR OUTDOOR UNIT
RWC012A032B
Model 09, 12, 18
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION (Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
2) Portage
3) Selecting the installation location
• Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
• When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to
the installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads
so that you may not damage the unit.
• The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person
carrying the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on
the front panel of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section.
(1) If the unit is installed in the area where the snow will accumulate, following measures are required.
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
• Where air is not trapped.
• Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
• Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
• Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
• A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
• Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
• Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
• Where snow will not accumulate.
• Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
• A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 1m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
• If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is –5 C lower, the outdoor unit should be
installed at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
• Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the
following guidelines. Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of
high pressure and a broken fan.
4) Caution about selection of installation location
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
• Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
• A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut’s parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
• Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
• In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
• All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it during the installation work in order
to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels, and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the
operating methods as well as the maintenance methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s
manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where any user can read at any time.
Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by using suitable protective
clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
• This installation manual deals with outdoor units and general installation specifications only. For indoor units, refer to the respective installation manuals supplied with the units.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Never do it under any circumstances. Always do it according to the instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may causeserious troublesuch as water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personalinjury, as a result of a system malfunction.Do not
carry out the installationand maintenancework except the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installa tion may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks , electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is instal l ed in i nferior environment such as mach i ne shop and etc.,
it can cause malfunction.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage, referred
by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and install
the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause serious
accident.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand
earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working areawell in the event of refrigerantleakage during
installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and serious
accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• Do not open the operation valves for liquid line and gas line until
completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and evacuation.
If the compressor is operat e d in st ate of opening operation valves before
completed connecti on of r e frigerant piping work, air can be sucked i nto refrigerant
circuit, which can cause bu s t or pe rsonal injury due to anomalo usly high pressure
in the refrigerant.
• Theelectrical installation must be carried out by the qualifiedelectrician
in accordance with “the normfor electricalwork” and“national wiring
regulation”,and the system must be connected to the dedicatedcircuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by improper
work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or incorrect
function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means of a
circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of at least
3mm.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the cables
securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to prevent
overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat productionor fire.
• Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or
personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Stop the compressor before removing the pipe after shutting the
service valve on pump down work.
If the pipe is removed when the compressor is in operation with the service valve
open, air would be mixed in the refrigeration circuit and it could cause explosion
and injuries due to abnormal high pressure in the cooling cycle.
• Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out
by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water
leaks, electric shocks, fire.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in th e refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, which can cause burst and p ersonal injur y.
•
Do not processing, splicethe power cord, or share a socket with other powerplugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting insulation
and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do not
deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and
temperature controller or the use of non specified component can cause fire or
burst.
a
Model DXC18ZJ-S
-
33
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR OUTDOOR UNIT
RWC012A032B
Model 09, 12, 18
Accessories for outdoor unit
• Model name and power source
• Refrigerant piping length
• Piping, wiring and miscellaneous small parts
• Indoor unit installation manual
Necessary tools for the installation work
Wrench key (Hexagon) [4m/m]
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter (Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Gauge manifold (Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose (Designed specifically for R410A)
Flaring tool set (Designed specifically for R410A)
Gas leak detector (Designed specifically for R410A)
Gauge for projection adjustment
(Used when flare is made by using conventional flare tool)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Plus headed driver
Knife
Saw
Tape measure
Hammer
Spanner wrench
Torque wrench [14.0~62.0N·m (1.4~6.2kgf·m)]
Hole core drill (65mm in diameter)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Grommet (Heat
pump type only)
Drain elbow (Heat pump type only)
Model 09, 12
Model 18
Q’ty
1
4
1
1
2
Option parts
Sealing plate
Sleeve
Inclination plate
Putty
Drain hose (extension hose)
Piping cover
(for insulation of connection piping)
Q’ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
Check before installation work
a
b
c
d
e
f
R410A REFRIGERANT USED
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION (Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
2) Portage
3) Selecting the installation location
• Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
• When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to
the installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads
so that you may not damage the unit.
• The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person
carrying the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on
the front panel of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section.
(1) If the unit is installed in the area where the snow will accumulate, following measures are required.
The bottom plate of unit and intake, outlet may be blocked by snow.
1 Install the unit on the base so that the bottom is
higher than snow cover surface.
Since drain water generated by defrost control may freeze, following measures are required.
• Do not execute drain piping work by using a drain elbow and drain grommets (optional parts).
[Refer to Drain piping work.]
Determine refrigerant pipe size pursuant to the following guidelines based
on the indoor unit specifications.
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
• Where air is not trapped.
• Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
• Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
• Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
• A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
• Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
• Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
• Where snow will not accumulate.
• Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
• A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 1m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
• If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is –5 C lower, the outdoor unit should be
installed at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
• Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the
following guidelines. Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of
high pressure and a broken fan.
2. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
1) Restrictions on unit installation and use
2) Determination of pipe size
The use restrictions appearing in the table above are applicable to the standard pipe size combinations shown in the table below.
Restrictions
Main pipe length
When the outdoor unit is positioned higher,
When the outdoor unit is positioned lower,
Elevation difference between
indoor and outdoor units
4) Caution about selection of installation location
• Check the following points in light of the indoor unit specifications and the installation site.
• Observe the following restrictions on unit installation and use. Improper installation can result in a compressor failure or performance degradation.
• Additional refrigerant charge is not required at all (Model 09, 12).
ø9.52
Flare
ø9.52
ø9.52
Gas pipe
ø6.35
Flare
ø6.35
ø6.35
Model 09, 12
Liquid pipe
Outdoor unit connected
Refrigerant piping (branch pipe L)
Indoor unit connected
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
• Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
• A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut’s parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
• Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
• In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
• All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
CAUTION
• Read the “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully first of all and strictly follow it during the installation work in order
to protect yourself.
• The precautionary items mentioned below are distinguished into two levels, and .
: Wrong installation would cause serious consequences such as injuries or death.
: Wrong installation might cause serious consequences depending on circumstances.
Both mentions the important items to protect your health and safety so strictly follow them by any means.
• Be sure to confirm no anomaly on the equipment by commissioning after completed installation and explain the
operating methods as well as the maintenance methods of this equipment to the user according to the owner’s
manual.
• Keep the installation manual together with owner’s manual at a place where any user can read at any time.
Moreover if necessary, ask to hand them to a new user.
• For installing qualified personnel, take precautions in respect to themselves by using suitable protective
clothing, groves, etc., and then perform the installation works.
• Please pay attention not to fall down the tools, etc. when installing the unit at the high position.
• If unusual noise can be heard during operation, consult the dealer.
• The meanings of “Marks” used here are shown as follows:
• This installation manual deals with outdoor units and general installation specifications only. For indoor units, refer to the respective installation manuals supplied with the units.
• When install the unit, be sure to check whether the selection of installation place, power supply specifications, usage limitation (piping length, height differences between indoor and outdoor units, power
supply voltage and etc.) and installation spaces.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
Never do it under any circumstances. Always do it according to the instruction.
CAUTIONWARNING
CAUTION
WARNING
CAUTION
• Carry out the electrical work for ground lead with care.
Do not connect the ground lead to the gas line, water line, lightning conductor or telephone line’s ground lead. Incorrect groundingcan cause unit faults such as electric shocks due to short-circuiting.
• Installation must be carried out by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it may causeserious troublesuch as water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personalinjury, as a result of a system malfunction.Do not
carry out the installationand maintenancework except the by qualified installer.
• Install the system in full accordance with the installation manual.
Incorrect installa tion may cause bursts, personal injury, water leaks , electric
shocks and fire.
• Be sure to use only for household and residence.
If this appliance is instal l ed in i nferior environment such as mach i ne shop and etc.,
it can cause malfunction.
• When installing in small rooms, take prevention measures not to
exceed the density limit of refrigerant in the event of leakage, referred
by the formula (accordance with ISO5149).
If the density of refrigerant exceeds the limit, please consult the dealer and install
the ventilation system, otherwise lack of oxygen can occur, which can cause serious
accident.
• Use the original accessories and the specified components for
installation.
If parts other than those prescribed by us are used, It may cause water leaks,
electric shocks, fire and personal injury.
• Install the unit in a location with good support.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ensure the unit is stable when installed, so that it can withstand
earthquakes and strong winds.
Unsuitable installation locations can cause the unit to fall and cause material
damage and personal injury.
• Ventilate the working areawell in the event of refrigerantleakage during
installation.
If the refrigerant comes into contact with naked flames, poisonous gas is produced.
• Use the prescribed pipes, flare nuts and tools for R410A.
Using existing parts (for R22 or R407C) can cause the unit failure and serious
accidents due to burst of the refrigerant circuit.
• Tighten the flare nut by torque wrench with specified method.
If the flare nut were tightened with excess torque, this may cause burst and
refrigerant leakage after a long period.
• Do not open the operation valves for liquid line and gas line until
completed refrigerant piping work, air tightness test and evacuation.
If the compressor is operat e d in st ate of opening operation valves before
completed connecti on of r e frigerant piping work, air can be sucked i nto refrigerant
circuit, which can cause bu s t or pe rsonal injury due to anomalo usly high pressure
in the refrigerant.
• Theelectrical installation must be carried out by the qualifiedelectrician
in accordance with “the normfor electricalwork” and“national wiring
regulation”,and the system must be connected to the dedicatedcircuit.
Power supply with insufficient capacity and incorrect function done by improper
work can cause electric shocks and fire.
• Be sure to shut off the power before starting electrical work.
Failure to shut off the power can cause electric shocks, unit failure or incorrect
function of equipment.
• Be sure to use the cables conformed to safety standard and cable
ampacity for power distribution work.
Unconformable cables can cause electric leak, anomalous heat production or fire.
• This appliance must be connected to main power supply by means of a
circuit breaker or switch (fuse:16A) with a contact separation of at least
3mm.
• Arrange the wiring in the control box so that it cannot be pushed up
further into the box. Install the service panel correctly.
Incorrect installation may result in overheating and fire.
• Use the prescribed cables for electrical connection, tighten the cables
securely in terminal block and relieve the cables correctly to prevent
overloading the terminal blocks.
Loose connections or cable mountings can cause anomalous heat productionor fire.
• Be sure to fix up the service panels.
Incorrect fixing can cause electric shocks or fire due to intrusion of dust or water.
• Be sure to switch off the power supply in the event of installation,
inspection or servicing.
If the power supply is not shut off, there is a risk of electric shocks, unit failure or
personal injury due to the unexpected start of fan.
• Stop the compressor before removing the pipe after shutting the
service valve on pump down work.
If the pipe is removed when the compressor is in operation with the service valve
open, air would be mixed in the refrigeration circuit and it could cause explosion
and injuries due to abnormal high pressure in the cooling cycle.
• Only use prescribed optional parts. The installation must be carried out
by the qualified installer.
If you install the system by yourself, it can cause serious trouble such as water
leaks, electric shocks, fire.
• Be sure to wear protective goggles and gloves while at work.
• Earth leakage breaker must be installed.
If the earth leakage breaker is not installed, it can cause electric shocks.
• Ensure that no air enters in the refrigerant circuit when the unit is
installed and removed.
If air enters in the refrigerant circuit, the pressure in th e refrigerant circuit
becomes too high, which can cause burst and p ersonal injur y.
•
Do not processing, splicethe power cord, or share a socket with other powerplugs.
This may cause fire or electric shock due to defecting contact, defecting insulation
and over-current etc.
• Do not bundling, winding or processing for the power cord. Or, do not
deforming the power plug due to tread it.
This may cause fire or heating.
• Do not run the unit with removed panels or protections.
Touching rotating equipments, hot surfaces or high voltage parts can cause
personal injury due to entrapment, burn or electric shocks.
• Do not perform any change of protective device itself or its setup
condition.
The forced operation by short-circuiting protective device of pressure switch and
temperature controller or the use of non specified component can cause fire or
burst.
• Use the circuit breaker for all pole correct capacity. Circuit breaker
should be the one that disconnect all poles under over current.
Using the incorrect circuit breaker, it can cause the unit malfunction and fire.
• Install isolator or disconnect switch on the power supply wiring in
accordance with the local codes and regulations.
The isolator should be locked in OFF state in accordance with EN60204-1.
• After maintenance, all wiring, wiring ties and the like, should be returned
to their original state and wiring route, and thenecessary clearance from
all metal parts should be secured.
• Securea space for installation, inspection and maintenance specified in
the manual.
Insufficient space can result in accident such as personal injur y due to falling from
the installation place.
• Take care when carrying the unit by hand.
If the unit weights more than 20kg, it must be carried by two or more persons. Do
not carry by the plastic straps, always use the carry handle when carrying the unit
by hand. Use gloves to minimize the risk of cuts by the aluminum fins.
• Dispose of any packing materials correctly.
Any remaining packing materials can cause personal injury as itcontains nails and
wood. And to avoid danger of suffoc a tion, be sure to keep the plastic wrapper
away from children and to dispose a f ter tear it up.
• Be sure to insulate the refrigerant pipes so as not to condense the
ambient air moisture on them.
Insufficient in sulation can cause condensation, which can lea d to m oisture
damage on the ceiling, floor, furniture and any ot h er valuables.
• Whenperform the air conditioner operation (cooling or dryingoperation)
in which ventilator is installedin the room. In thiscase, usingthe air
conditioner in parallel with theventilator, there is the possibility that
drain water may backflow in accordance with the room lapse into the
negative pressure status. Therefore, set up the opening port such as
incorporate the air into the room that may appropriate to ventilation (For
example; Open the door a little). In addition, just as above, so set up the
opening port if the room lapse into negative pressure status due to
register of the windfor the high rise apartment etc.
• Do not install the unit in the loca ti o n s listed below.
•Locations where carbon fiber, metal powder or any powder is floating.
•Locations where any substances that can affect the unit such as sulphide gas,
chloride gas, acid and alkaline can occur.
•Vehicles and ships.
•Locations where cosmetic or special sprays are often used.
•Locations with direct exposure of oil mist and steam such as kitchen and
machine plant.
•Locations where any machines which generate high frequency harmonics are
used.
•Locations with salty atmospheres such as coastlines.
•Locations with heavy snow (If installed, be sure to provide base flame and snow
hood mentioned in the manual).
•Locations where the unit is exposed to chimney smoke.
•Locations at high altitude (more than 1000m high).
•Locations with ammonic atmospheres.
•Locations where heat radiation from other heat source can affect th e unit.
•Locations without good air circulation.
•Locations with any obstacles which can prevent inlet and outlet air of the unit.
•Locations where short circuit of air can occur (in case of multiple units
installation).
•Locations where strong air blows against the air outlet of outdoor unit.
•Locations where something located above the unit could fall.
It can causere m a r k a b l e decrease in performance, corrosion and damage of
components, malfunction and fire.
• Do not install the outdoor unit in t h e locations listed below.
• Locations where discharged h o t air or operating sound of the outdoor unit can
bother neighborhood.
• Locations where outlet air of the outdoor unit blows directly to an animal o r
plants. The outlet air can affect adversely to the plant etc.
• Locations where vibration ca n be amplified and transmitted due to insufficient
strength of structure.
• Locations where vibration and operation soun d generated by the outdoor unit
can affect seriously (on the wall or at the place near bed room).
• Locations where an equipment affected by high harmonics is placed (TV set or
radio receiver is placed within 1m).
• Locations where drainage can n o t run off safely.
It can affects u r r o u n d i n g environment and cause a claim.
• Do not install the unit near the loc a t i o n where leakage of combustible
gases can occur.
If leaked gases accumulate around the unit, it can cause fire.
• Donot install the unit where corrosive gas (such as sulfurous acid gas etc.)
or combustible gas (such as thinnerand petroleum gases)can accumulate
or collect,or where volatile combustiblesubstances are handled.
Corrosive ga s can cause corrosion of heat exchanger, breakage of plast ic parts
and etc. And combustible gas can ca u se fire.
• Do not install nor use the system cl o s e to the equipment that generates
electromagnetic fields or high frequency harmonics.
Equipment such as inverters, standby generat o r s , medical high frequency
equipments and telecommunication equipments can affect the system, and cause
malfunctions and breakdowns. The system can also affect medical equipment and
telecommunication equipment, and obstruct its function or cause jamming.
•Do not install the outdoor unit in a location where insects and small
animals can inhabit.
Insects and small animals can enter the electric parts and cause damage or fire.
Instruct the user to keep the surroundings clean.
•Do not use the base flamefor outdoor unit which is corroded or damaged
due to long periodsof operation.
Using an oldan d damage base flame can cause the unit falling down andca u s e
personal injury.
•Do not use any materials other than a fuse with the correct rati n g in the
location where fuses are to be used.
Connecting the circuit wi th copper wire or o ther metal thread can cause unit
failure and fire.
•Do not touch any buttons with wet hands.
It can causeel e c t r i c shocks.
•Do not touch any refrigerant pipes with your hands when the systemis in
operation.
During operation the refrigerant pipes becom e extremely hot or extremely cold
depending the operating condition, and it can cause burn injury or frost injury.
•Do not touch the suction or aluminum fin on the outdoor unit.
This may cause i n j u r y.
•Do not put anything on the outdoor unit and operating unit.
This may cause d a m a g e the objects or injury due to falling to the object.
•Do not use the unit for special purposes such as storing foods, cooling
precision instruments and preservation of animals, plants or art.
•Do not clean up the unit with water.
a
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
• Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
• A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut’s parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
• Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
• In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
• All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
-
34
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION (Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
Intake
The height of a wall is 1200mm or less.
(
service
space
)
Intake
Outlet
Fasten with bolts
(M10-12)
Use a thicker block to anchor deeper.Use a long block to extend the width.
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
2) Portage
3) Selecting the installation location
5) Installation space
L3
L2
L4
L1
Model 09, 12, 18
Model 09, 12
Example installation
Size
L1
L2
L3
L4
Open
100
100
250
280
75
80
Open
280
Open
80
250
180
Open
80
Open
(mm)
I II III IV
Heavy
6) Installation
Pad
Over 500mm
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
111
510 157.8
351.6
Model 18
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
88.4
510 200
351.6
• Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
• When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to
the installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads
so that you may not damage the unit.
• The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person
carrying the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on
the front panel of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section.
(1) If the unit is installed in the area where the snow will accumulate, following measures are required.
The bottom plate of unit and intake, outlet may be blocked by snow.
1 Install the unit on the base so that the bottom is
higher than snow cover surface.
Since drain water generated by defrost control may freeze, following measures are required.
• Do not execute drain piping work by using a drain elbow and drain grommets (optional parts).
[Refer to Drain piping work.]
2 Install the unit under or provide the roof on site.
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
• Where air is not trapped.
• Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
• Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
• Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
• A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
• Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
• Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
• Where snow will not accumulate.
• Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
• A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 1m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
• If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is –5 C lower, the outdoor unit should be
installed at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
• Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the
following guidelines. Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of
high pressure and a broken fan.
4) Caution about selection of installation location
• Walls surrounding the unit in the four sides are not
acceptable.
• There must be a 1-meter or larger space in the above.
• When more than one unit are installed side by side,
provide a 250mm or wider interval between them as a
service space. In order to facilitate servicing of
controllers, please provide a sufficient space between
units so that their top plates can be removed easily.
• Where a danger of short-circuiting exists, install guide
louvers.
• When more than one unit are installed, provide sufficient
intake space consciously so that short-circuiting may not
occur.
• Where piling snow can bury the outdoor unit, provide
proper snow guards.
• In installing the unit, fix the unit’s legs with bolts specified on the left.
• The protrusion of an anchor bolt on the front side must be kept within 15mm.
• Securely install the unit so that it does not fall over during earthquakes or strong winds, etc.
• Refer to the above illustrations for information regarding concrete foundations.
• Install the unit in a level area. (With a gradient of 5mm or less.) Improper installation can result in a
compressor failure, broken piping within the unit and abnormal noise generation.
1 Anchor bolt fixed position
2 Notabilia for installation
(2) If the unit can be affected by strong wind, following measures are required.
Strong wind can cause damage of fan (fan motor), or can cause performance degradation, or can trigger
anomalous stop of the unit due to rising of high pressure.
1 Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the
wind direction.
2 Install so the direction of the air from the
blowing outlet will be perpendicular to the
direction of the wind.
Wind
direction
Wind
direction
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
• Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
• A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut’s parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
• Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
• In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
• All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
Over 500mm
-
35
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
1. HAULAGE AND INSTALLATION (Take particular care in carrying in or moving the unit, and always perform such an operation with two or more persons.)
Intake
The height of a wall is 1200mm or less.
(
service
space
)
Intake
Outlet
Fasten with bolts
(M10-12)
Use a thicker block to anchor deeper.Use a long block to extend the width.
CAUTION
When a unit is hoisted with slings for haulage, take into consideration the offset of its gravity center position.
If not properly balanced, the unit can be thrown off-balance and fall.
1) Delivery
2) Portage
3) Selecting the installation location
5) Installation space
L3
L2
L4
L1
Model 09, 12, 18
Model 09, 12
Example installation
Size
L1
L2
L3
L4
Open
100
100
250
280
75
80
Open
280
Open
80
250
180
Open
80
Open
(mm)
I II III IV
Heavy
6) Installation
Pad
Over 500mm
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
111
510 157.8
351.6
Model 18
Intake
Outlet
312.5
24.314.8
288.8
88.4
510 200
351.6
• Deliver the unit as close as possible to the installation site before removing it from
the packaging.
• When you have to unpack the unit for a compelling reason before you haul it to
the installation point, hoist the unit with nylon slings or ropes and protection pads
so that you may not damage the unit.
• The right hand side of the unit as viewed from the front (diffuser side) is heavier.
A person carrying the right hand side must take heed of this fact. A person
carrying the left hand side must hold with his right hand the handle provided on
the front panel of the unit and with his left hand the corner column section.
(1) If the unit is installed in the area where the snow will accumulate, following measures are required.
The bottom plate of unit and intake, outlet may be blocked by snow.
1 Install the unit on the base so that the bottom is
higher than snow cover surface.
Since drain water generated by defrost control may freeze, following measures are required.
• Do not execute drain piping work by using a drain elbow and drain grommets (optional parts).
[Refer to Drain piping work.]
Determine refrigerant pipe size pursuant to the following guidelines based
on the indoor unit specifications.
Without nitrogen gas, a large quantity of foreign matters
(oxidized film) are created, causing a critical failure from
capillary tube or expansion valve clogging.
2 Install the unit under or provide the roof on site.
Be careful of the following conditions and choose an installation place.
• Where air is not trapped.
• Where the installation fittings can be firmly installed.
• Where wind does not hinder the intake and outlet pipes.
• Out of the heat range of other heat sources.
• A place where stringent regulation of electric noises is applicable.
• Where it is safe for the drain water to be discharged.
• Where noise and hot air will not bother neighboring residents.
• Where snow will not accumulate.
• Where strong winds will not blow against the outlet pipe.
• A place where no TV set or radio receiver is placed within 1m.
(If electrical interference is caused, seek a place less likely to cause the problem)
• If a operation is conducted when the outdoor air temperature is –5 C lower, the outdoor unit should be
installed at a place where it is not influenced by natural wind.
• Where it is likely that the unit is subjected to strong winds, provide wind guards according to the
following guidelines. Strong winds can cause performance degradation, an accidental stop due to a rise of
high pressure and a broken fan.
2. REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK
1) Restrictions on unit installation and use
2) Determination of pipe size
15m or less
10m or less
10m or less
L
H
H
L
H
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
The use restrictions appearing in the table above are applicable to the standard pipe size combinations shown in the table below.
Restrictions
Model 09, 12
Marks appearing in the
drawing on the right
Main pipe length
When the outdoor unit is positioned higher,
When the outdoor unit is positioned lower,
Elevation difference between
indoor and outdoor units
Plug the end of the pipe withtape, or other
material, and fill the pipe with nitrogengas.
Only use nitrogen gas (N2)
Taping
<N2>
Nitrogen
Brazing
Station valve
Primary side Secondary side
0.5MPa
Hand
Relief valve
Nitrogen
gas
Brazing must be performed under a nitrogen gas flow.
About brazing
When pipe is brazing.
4) Caution about selection of installation location
• Walls surrounding the unit in the four sides are not
acceptable.
• There must be a 1-meter or larger space in the above.
• When more than one unit are installed side by side,
provide a 250mm or wider interval between them as a
service space. In order to facilitate servicing of
controllers, please provide a sufficient space between
units so that their top plates can be removed easily.
• Where a danger of short-circuiting exists, install guide
louvers.
• When more than one unit are installed, provide sufficient
intake space consciously so that short-circuiting may not
occur.
• Where piling snow can bury the outdoor unit, provide
proper snow guards.
• In installing the unit, fix the unit’s legs with bolts specified on the left.
• The protrusion of an anchor bolt on the front side must be kept within 15mm.
• Securely install the unit so that it does not fall over during earthquakes or strong winds, etc.
• Refer to the above illustrations for information regarding concrete foundations.
• Install the unit in a level area. (With a gradient of 5mm or less.) Improper installation can result in a
compressor failure, broken piping within the unit and abnormal noise generation.
1 Anchor bolt fixed position
2 Notabilia for installation
(2) If the unit can be affected by strong wind, following measures are required.
Strong wind can cause damage of fan (fan motor), or can cause performance degradation, or can trigger
anomalous stop of the unit due to rising of high pressure.
1 Place the unit outlet pipe perpendicular to the
wind direction.
2 Install so the direction of the air from the
blowing outlet will be perpendicular to the
direction of the wind.
Wind
direction
Wind
direction
• Check the following points in light of the indoor unit specifications and the installation site.
• Observe the following restrictions on unit installation and use. Improper installation can result in a compressor failure or performance degradation.
• Additional refrigerant charge is not required at all (Model 09, 12).
25m or less
15m or less
15m or less
Dimensional restrictions
Model 18
ø12.7
Flare
ø12.7
ø12.7
Gas pipe
ø6.35
Flare
ø6.35
ø6.35
Model 18
Liquid pipe
ø9.52
Flare
ø9.52
ø9.52
Gas pipe
ø6.35
Flare
ø6.35
ø6.35
Model 09, 12
Liquid pipe
Outdoor unit connected
Refrigerant piping (branch pipe L)
Indoor unit connected
Notabilia as a unit designed for R410A
• Do not use any refrigerant other than R410A. R410A will rise to pressure about 1.6 times higher than that of a conventional refrigerant.
A cylinder containing R410A has a pink indication mark on the top.
• A unit designed for R410A has adopted a different size indoor unit operation valve charge port and a different size check joint provided in the unit to prevent the charging of a wrong refrigerant by mistake.
The processed dimension of the flared part of a refrigerant pipe and a flare nut’s parallel side measurement have also been altered to raise strength against pressure.
Accordingly, you are required to arrange dedicated R410A tools listed in the table on the right before installing or servicing this unit.
• Do not use a charge cylinder. The use of a charge cylinder will cause the refrigerant composition to change, which results in performance degradation.
• In charging refrigerant, always take it out from a cylinder in the liquid phase.
• All indoor units must be models designed exclusively for R410A. Check connectable indoor unit models in a catalog, etc. (A wrong indoor unit, if connected into the system, will impair proper system operation)
CAUTION
Over 500mm
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
Please remove the screw of a side cover and
remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0
A
–04
9.1
13.2
16.6
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0~ 0.5 1.0 ~1.5
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B (mm)
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool
With a conventional tool
3) Refrigerant pipe wall thickness and material
NOTE
*Phosphorus deoxidized seamless copper pipe ICS 23.040.15, ICS77.150.30
ø6.35
0.8
O-type pipe
ø9.52
0.8
O-type pipe
ø12.7
0.8
O-type pipe
Pipe diameter [mm]
Minimum pipe wall thickness [mm]
Pipe material*
• Select refrigerant pipes of the table shown on the right wall thickness and
material as specified for each pipe size.
• Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
• Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an
adhesive tape) so that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
• Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical (R100~R150). Do not bend a pipe
repeatedly to correct its form.
• Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after
engaging a flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from
those for conventional R407C. Although we recommend the use of flaring tools
designed specifically for R410A, conventional flaring tools can also be used by
adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion control gauge.
• The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
• Tighten a flare joint securely.
Select pipes having a wall thickness larger than the specified
minimum pipe thickness.
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
• Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
• Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain
grommets with putty or adequate caulking material.
• Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of
operation valve or connected pipes.
• Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (There is a risk of drain water freezing
inside and blocking the drain.)
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
• Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
• braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51)
The screw of the
side cover is
tightened securely.
Side cover
-
36
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
Please remove the screw of a side cover and
remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0
A
–04
9.1
13.2
16.6
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0~ 0.5 1.0 ~1.5
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B (mm)
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool
With a conventional tool
CAUTION
Do not apply force beyond proper fastening torque in tightening the flare nut.
Tightening angle ( )Tightening torque (N·m)
ø6.35 (1/4")
ø9.52 (3/8")
ø12.7 (1/2")
Recommended length of a tool handle (mm)Operation valve size (mm)
5) Air tightness test
Gas side
operation valve
Check joint
P
r
e
s
s
ur
i
z
e
Close
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
<Work flow>
6) Evacuation
Pay attention to the following points in addition to the above for the R410A and compatible machines.
Air tightness test completed
Fill refrigerant
Vacuum gauge check
Vacuuming completed
Vacuuming begins
Do not hold the valve cap area witha spanner.
3) Refrigerant pipe wall thickness and material
NOTE
*Phosphorus deoxidized seamless copper pipe ICS 23.040.15, ICS77.150.30
ø6.35
0.8
O-type pipe
ø9.52
0.8
O-type pipe
ø12.7
0.8
O-type pipe
Pipe diameter [mm]
Minimum pipe wall thickness [mm]
Pipe material*
• Select refrigerant pipes of the table shown on the right wall thickness and
material as specified for each pipe size.
Although outdoor and indoor units themselves have been tested for air tightness at the factory, check the connecting pipes after the installation work for air tightness
from the operation valve’s check joint equipped on the outdoor unit side. While conducting a test, keep the operation valve shut all the time.
a) Raise the pressure to 0.5MPa, and then stop. Leave it for five minutes to see if the pressure drops.
b) Then raise the pressure to 1.5MPa, and stop. Leave it for five more minutes to see if the pressure drops.
c) Then raise the pressure to the specified level (4.15MPa), and record the ambient temperature and the pressure.
d) If no pressure drop is observed with an installation pressurized to the specified level and left for about one day, it is acceptable. When the ambient temperature fall
1 C, the pressure also fall approximately 0.01MPa. The pressure, if changed, should be compensated for.
e) If a pressure drop is observed in checking e) and a) – d), a leak exists somewhere. Find a leak by applying bubble test liquid to welded parts and flare joints and
repair it. After repair, conduct an air tightness test again.
In conducting an air tightness test, use nitrogen gas and pressurize the system with nitrogen gas from the gas side. Do not use a medium other than nitrogen gas
under any circumstances.
• Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
• Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an
adhesive tape) so that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
• Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical (R100~R150). Do not bend a pipe
repeatedly to correct its form.
• Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after
engaging a flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from
those for conventional R407C. Although we recommend the use of flaring tools
designed specifically for R410A, conventional flaring tools can also be used by
adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion control gauge.
• The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
• Tighten a flare joint securely.
• To prevent a different oil from entering, assign dedicated tools, etc. to each refrigerant type. Under no circumstances must a
gauge manifold and a charge hose in particular be shared with other refrigerant types (R22, R407C, etc.).
• Use a counterflow prevention adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from entering the refrigerant system.
Put down the refrigerant volume calculated from the pipe length onto the caution label attached
on the service panel.
• This unit contains factory charged refrigerant covering 15m of refrigerant piping and additional refrigerant
charge on the installation site is not required for an installation with up to 15m refrigerant piping.
When refrigerant piping exceeds 15m, additionally charge an amount calculated from the pipe length and
the above table for the portion in excess of 15m.
* When an additional charge volume calculation result is negative, it is not necessary to charge refrigerant
additionally.
• For an installation measuring 15m or shorter in pipe length, please charge the refrigerant volume charged
for shipment at the factory, when you recharge refrigerant after servicing etc.
Fix both liquid and gas operation valves at the valve main bodies as illustrated on the right, and then fasten them,
applying appropriate fastening torque.
Select pipes having a wall thickness larger than the specified
minimum pipe thickness.
14~ 18
34~ 42
49~ 61
45~ 60
30~ 45
30~ 45
150
200
250
Use a torque wrench. If a torque wrenchis not
available, fasten the flare nut manually first andthen
tighten it further, using the left table asa guide.
1
2
Run the vacuum pump for at least onehour after the vacuum
gauge shows –0.1MPa or lower. (–76cmHg or lower)
When the system has remaining moisture
inside or a leaky point, the vacuum gauge
indicator will rise.
Check the system for a leaky point and
then draw air to create a vacuum again.
Confirm that the vacuum gauge indicator does notrise even if
the system is left for one hour ormore.
(three-way valve)
Charge hose (Designed specifically for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
Gauge manifold
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Handle Hi
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter
(Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Check joint
-0.1MPa
(-76cmHg)
Handle Lo
Operation valve
Operation valve
(two-way valve)
Operation valve cap
Operation valve cap
Operation valve cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Check joint blind nut
tightening torque (N·m)
ø6.35 (1/4")
ø9.52 (3/8")
ø12.7 (1/2")
20~ 30
25~ 35
10~ 12
Operation valve size
(mm)
Securely tighten the operation valve cap and the check joint blind nut after adjustment.
(1) Calculate a required refrigerant charge volume from the following table.
• Since R410A refrigerant must be charged in the liquid phase, you should charge it, keeping the container
cylinder upside down or using a refrigerant cylinder equipped with a siphon tube.
• Charge refrigerant always from the liquid side service port with the operation valve shut. When you find it
difficult to charge a required amount, fully open the outdoor unit valves on both liquid and gas sides and
charge refrigerant from the gas (suction) side service port, while running the unit in the cooling mode. In
doing so, care must be taken so that refrigerant may be discharged from the cylinder in the liquid phase
all the time. When the cylinder valve is throttled down or a dedicated conversion tool to change liquid
phase refrigerant into mist is used to protect the compressor, however, adjust charge conditions so that
refrigerant will gasify upon entering the unit.
• In charging refrigerant, always charge a calculated volume by using a scale to measure the charge
volume.
• When refrigerant is charged with the unit being run, complete a charge operation within 30minutes.
Running the unit with an insufficient quantity of refrigerant for a long time can cause a compressor failure.
(2) Charging refrigerant
Formula to calculate the volume of additional refrigerant required
7) Additional refrigerant charge (Model 18)
Additional charge volume (kg) = { Main length (m) – Factory charged volume 15 (m) } x 0.02 (kg/m)
0.02 1.35 15Model 18
NOTE
Additional charge volume (kg)
per meter of refrigerant piping
(liquid pipe ø6.35)
Refrigerant volume charged
for shipment at the factory
(kg)
Installation’s pipe length (m)
covered without additional
refrigerant charge
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
• Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
• Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain
grommets with putty or adequate caulking material.
• Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of
operation valve or connected pipes.
• Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (There is a risk of drain water freezing
inside and blocking the drain.)
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
• Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
• braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51)
• ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
• flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41)
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
• Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire.
If improperly grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
• A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
• The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an accident
such as an electric shock or a fire.
• Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completed.
• Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause an
abnormal overheat accident)
• For power supply cables, use conduits.
• Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result in
the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
• Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
• When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
• Never use a shield cable.
• It holds cables in place and protect the
terminal connection from external force.
• This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9 ~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
• Please be sure to carry out D-type (type
III) grounding work.
• It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
The screw of the
side cover is
tightened securely.
Side cover
-
37
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Clearance
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
• Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
• Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain
grommets with putty or adequate caulking material.
• Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of
operation valve or connected pipes.
• Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (There is a risk of drain water freezing
inside and blocking the drain.)
• When condensed water needs to be led to a drain, etc., install
the unit on a flat base (supplied separately as an optional part)
or concrete blocks.
Then, please secure space for the drain elbow and the drain
hose.
Drain elbow
Grommet
Drain hose
(To be procured on the installer’s part)
Do not put a grommet on
this hole.
This is a supplementary
drain hole to discharge
drain water, when a large
quantity of it is gathered.
Model 09, 12
Drain elbow
Grommet
Drain hose
(To be procured on the installer’s part)
Model 18
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
In case of faulty wiring connection, the indoor unit stops,
and then the run lamp turns on and the timer lamp blinks.
Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the wires.
CENELEC code for cables Required field cables.
H
05
R
N
R
4or5
G
1.5
Harmonized cable type
300/500 volts
Natural-and/or synth. rubber wire insulation
Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation
Stranded core
Number of conductors
One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor
(yellow/green)
Section of copper wire (mm2)
H05RNR4G1.5 (Example) or 245IEC57
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
• Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
• braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51)
• ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
• flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41)
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
• Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire.
If improperly grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
• A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
• The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an accident
such as an electric shock or a fire.
• Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completed.
• Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause an
abnormal overheat accident)
• For power supply cables, use conduits.
• Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result in
the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
• Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
• When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
• Never use a shield cable.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Wires for connecting indoor
and outdoor units
Exterior tape
Gas piping
Insulation
Liquid piping
Band (accessory)
Pipe cover (accessory)
8) Heating and condensation prevention
Take care so that installed pipes may not touch components within a unit.
If touching with an internal component, it will generate abnormal sounds and/or vibrations.
4) On-site piping work
IMPORTANT
How to remove the side cover
Please remove the screw of a side cover and
remove to the front.
A
B
Flared pipe end : A (mm)
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0
A
–04
9.1
13.2
16.6
ø6.35
ø9.52
ø12.7
Copper pipe
outer diameter
0~ 0.5 1.0 ~1.5
Copper pipe protrusion for flaring : B (mm)
In the case of a rigid (clutch) type
With an R410A tool
With a conventional tool
CAUTION
Do not apply force beyond proper fastening torque in tightening the flare nut.
Tightening angle ( )Tightening torque (N·m)
ø6.35 (1/4")
ø9.52 (3/8")
ø12.7 (1/2")
Recommended length of a tool handle (mm)Operation valve size (mm)
5) Air tightness test
Gas side
operation valve
Check joint
Pr
e
s
s
u
r
i
z
e
Close
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
<Work flow>
6) Evacuation
Pay attention to the following points in addition to the above for the R410A and compatible machines.
Air tightness test completed
Fill refrigerant
Vacuum gauge check
Vacuuming completed
Vacuuming begins
Do not hold the valve cap area witha spanner.
3) Refrigerant pipe wall thickness and material
NOTE
*Phosphorus deoxidized seamless copper pipe ICS 23.040.15, ICS77.150.30
ø6.35
0.8
O-type pipe
ø9.52
0.8
O-type pipe
ø12.7
0.8
O-type pipe
Pipe diameter [mm]
Minimum pipe wall thickness [mm]
Pipe material*
• Select refrigerant pipes of the table shown on the right wall thickness and
material as specified for each pipe size.
Although outdoor and indoor units themselves have been tested for air tightness at the factory, check the connecting pipes after the installation work for air tightness
from the operation valve’s check joint equipped on the outdoor unit side. While conducting a test, keep the operation valve shut all the time.
a) Raise the pressure to 0.5MPa, and then stop. Leave it for five minutes to see if the pressure drops.
b) Then raise the pressure to 1.5MPa, and stop. Leave it for five more minutes to see if the pressure drops.
c) Then raise the pressure to the specified level (4.15MPa), and record the ambient temperature and the pressure.
d) If no pressure drop is observed with an installation pressurized to the specified level and left for about one day, it is acceptable. When the ambient temperature fall
1 C, the pressure also fall approximately 0.01MPa. The pressure, if changed, should be compensated for.
e) If a pressure drop is observed in checking e) and a) – d), a leak exists somewhere. Find a leak by applying bubble test liquid to welded parts and flare joints and
repair it. After repair, conduct an air tightness test again.
In conducting an air tightness test, use nitrogen gas and pressurize the system with nitrogen gas from the gas side. Do not use a medium other than nitrogen gas
under any circumstances.
• Carry out the on site piping work with the operation valve fully closed.
• Give sufficient protection to a pipe end (compressed and blazed, or with an
adhesive tape) so that water or foreign matters may not enter the piping.
• Bend a pipe to a radius as large as practical (R100~R150). Do not bend a pipe
repeatedly to correct its form.
• Flare connection is used between the unit and refrigerant pipe. Flare a pipe after
engaging a flare nut onto it. Flare dimensions for R410A are different from
those for conventional R407C. Although we recommend the use of flaring tools
designed specifically for R410A, conventional flaring tools can also be used by
adjusting the measurement of protrusion B with a protrusion control gauge.
• The pipe should be anchored every 1.5m or less to isolate the vibration.
• Tighten a flare joint securely.
• To prevent a different oil from entering, assign dedicated tools, etc. to each refrigerant type. Under no circumstances must a
gauge manifold and a charge hose in particular be shared with other refrigerant types (R22, R407C, etc.).
• Use a counterflow prevention adapter to prevent vacuum pump oil from entering the refrigerant system.
Put down the refrigerant volume calculated from the pipe length onto the caution label attached
on the service panel.
• This unit contains factory charged refrigerant covering 15m of refrigerant piping and additional refrigerant
charge on the installation site is not required for an installation with up to 15m refrigerant piping.
When refrigerant piping exceeds 15m, additionally charge an amount calculated from the pipe length and
the above table for the portion in excess of 15m.
* When an additional charge volume calculation result is negative, it is not necessary to charge refrigerant
additionally.
• For an installation measuring 15m or shorter in pipe length, please charge the refrigerant volume charged
for shipment at the factory, when you recharge refrigerant after servicing etc.
Fix both liquid and gas operation valves at the valve main bodies as illustrated on the right, and then fasten them,
applying appropriate fastening torque.
Select pipes having a wall thickness larger than the specified
minimum pipe thickness.
14~ 18
34~ 42
49~ 61
45~ 60
30~ 45
30~ 45
150
200
250
Use a torque wrench. If a torque wrenchis not
available, fasten the flare nut manually first andthen
tighten it further, using the left table asa guide.
1
2
Run the vacuum pump for at least onehour after the vacuum
gauge shows –0.1MPa or lower. (–76cmHg or lower)
When the system has remaining moisture
inside or a leaky point, the vacuum gauge
indicator will rise.
Check the system for a leaky point and
then draw air to create a vacuum again.
Confirm that the vacuum gauge indicator does notrise even if
the system is left for one hour ormore.
(three-way valve)
Charge hose (Designed specifically for R410A)
Compound pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
Gauge manifold
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Handle Hi
Vacuum pump
Vacuum pump adapter
(Anti-reverse flow type)
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Charge hose
(Designed specifically for R410A)
Check joint
-0.1MPa
(-76cmHg)
Handle Lo
Operation valve
Operation valve
(two-way valve)
Operation valve cap
Operation valve cap
Operation valve cap
tightening torque (N·m)
Check joint blind nut
tightening torque (N·m)
ø6.35 (1/4")
ø9.52 (3/8")
ø12.7 (1/2")
20~ 30
25~ 35
10~ 12
Operation valve size
(mm)
Securely tighten the operation valve cap and the check joint blind nut after adjustment.
(1) Dress refrigerant pipes (both gas and liquid pipes) for heat insulation and prevention of dew condensation.
• Improper heat insulation/anti-dew dressing can result in a water leak or dripping causing damage to household effects, etc.
(2) Use a heat insulating material that can withstand 120 C or a higher temperature. Poor heat insulating capacity can cause heat insulation problems or cable
deterioration.
• All gas pipes must be securely heat insulated in order to prevent damage from dripping water that comes from the condensation formed on them during a cooling
operation or personal injury from burns because their surface can reach quite a high temperature due to discharged gas flowing inside during a heating operation.
• Wrap indoor units’ flare joints with heat insulating parts (pipe cover) for heat insulation (both gas and liquid pipes).
• Give heat insulation to both gas and liquid side pipes. Bundle a heat insulating material and a pipe tightly together so that no gaps may be left between them and
wrap them together with a connecting cable by a dressing tape.
• Both gas and liquid pipes need to be dressed with 20mm or thicker heat insulation materials above the ceiling where relative humidity exceeds 70%.
(1) Calculate a required refrigerant charge volume from the following table.
• Since R410A refrigerant must be charged in the liquid phase, you should charge it, keeping the container
cylinder upside down or using a refrigerant cylinder equipped with a siphon tube.
• Charge refrigerant always from the liquid side service port with the operation valve shut. When you find it
difficult to charge a required amount, fully open the outdoor unit valves on both liquid and gas sides and
charge refrigerant from the gas (suction) side service port, while running the unit in the cooling mode. In
doing so, care must be taken so that refrigerant may be discharged from the cylinder in the liquid phase
all the time. When the cylinder valve is throttled down or a dedicated conversion tool to change liquid
phase refrigerant into mist is used to protect the compressor, however, adjust charge conditions so that
refrigerant will gasify upon entering the unit.
• In charging refrigerant, always charge a calculated volume by using a scale to measure the charge
volume.
• When refrigerant is charged with the unit being run, complete a charge operation within 30minutes.
Running the unit with an insufficient quantity of refrigerant for a long time can cause a compressor failure.
(2) Charging refrigerant
Formula to calculate the volume of additional refrigerant required
7) Additional refrigerant charge (Model 18)
Additional charge volume (kg) = { Main length (m) – Factory charged volume 15 (m) } x 0.02 (kg/m)
0.02 1.35 15Model 18
NOTE
Additional charge volume (kg)
per meter of refrigerant piping
(liquid pipe ø6.35)
Refrigerant volume charged
for shipment at the factory
(kg)
Installation’s pipe length (m)
covered without additional
refrigerant charge
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
• Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
• Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain
grommets with putty or adequate caulking material.
• Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of
operation valve or connected pipes.
• Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (There is a risk of drain water freezing
inside and blocking the drain.)
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turning on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
Explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the instruction manual.
Power cables and connecting wires are securely fixed to the terminal block.
The power supply voltage is correct as the rating.
The drain hose is fixed securely.
Operation valve is fully open.
No gas leaks from the joints of the operation valve.
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
• Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
• braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51)
• ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
• flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41)
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
• Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire.
If improperly grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
• A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
• The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an accident
such as an electric shock or a fire.
• Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completed.
• Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause an
abnormal overheat accident)
• For power supply cables, use conduits.
• Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result in
the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
• Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
• When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
• Never use a shield cable.
• It holds cables in place and protect the
terminal connection from external force.
• This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9 ~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
• Please be sure to carry out D-type (type
III) grounding work.
• It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
The screw of the
side cover is
tightened securely.
Side cover
-
38
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Clearance
3. DRAIN PIPING WORK
• Execute drain piping by using a drain elbow and drain
grommets supplied separately as optional parts, where
water drained from the outdoor unit is a problem.
• Water may drip where there is a larger amount of drain
water. Seal around the drain elbow and drain
grommets with putty or adequate caulking material.
• Condensed water may flow out from vicinity of
operation valve or connected pipes.
• Where you are likely to have several days of sub-zero
temperatures in a row, do not use a drain elbow and
drain grommets. (There is a risk of drain water freezing
inside and blocking the drain.)
• When condensed water needs to be led to a drain, etc., install
the unit on a flat base (supplied separately as an optional part)
or concrete blocks.
Then, please secure space for the drain elbow and the drain
hose.
Drain elbow
Grommet
Drain hose
(To be procured on the installer’s part)
Do not put a grommet on
this hole.
This is a supplementary
drain hole to discharge
drain water, when a large
quantity of it is gathered.
Model 09, 12
Drain elbow
Grommet
Drain hose
(To be procured on the installer’s part)
Model 18
Cable name plate
Power supply terminal block
Grounding terminal
Cable clamp
4. ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK For details of electrical cabling, refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
CAUTION
Always use an earth leakage circuit breaker designed for inverter circuits to
prevent a faulty operation.
Outdoor unit
Switchgear or Circuit breaker
112/N
2/N
3
1 2/N 3
Indoor unit
Interconnecting and
grounding wires
(minimum)
09
12
18
Switch breaker
Over current protector
rated capacity
Power source
(minimum)
Model
15A, 30mA,
0.1sec or less
30A 16A 2.0mm21.5mm2X 4
Earth leakage breakerPhase
Single-phase
INSTALLATION TEST CHECK POINTS
After installation
Check the following points again after completion of the installation, and before turning on the power. Conduct a test run again and ensure that the unit operates properly.
Explain to the customer how to use the unit and how to take care of the unit following the instruction manual.
In case of faulty wiring connection, the indoor unit stops,
and then the run lamp turns on and the timer lamp blinks.
Use cables for interconnection wiring to avoid loosening of the wires.
CENELEC code for cables Required field cables.
H
05
R
N
R
4or5
G
1.5
Harmonized cable type
300/500 volts
Natural-and/or synth. rubber wire insulation
Polychloroprene rubber conductors insulation
Stranded core
Number of conductors
One conductor of the cable is the earth conductor
(yellow/green)
Section of copper wire (mm2)
Power cables and connecting wires are securely fixed to the terminal block.
The power supply voltage is correct as the rating.
The drain hose is fixed securely.
Operation valve is fully open.
No gas leaks from the joints of the operation valve.
The pipe joints for indoor and outdoor pipes have been insulated.
The reverse flow check cap is attached.
The cover of the pipe cover (A) faces downward to prevent rain from entering.
Gaps are properly sealed between the pipe covers (A) (B) and the wall surface / pipes.
H05RNR4G1.5 (Example) or 245IEC57
Electrical installation work must be performed by an electrical installation service provider qualified by a power provider of the country.
Electrical installation work must be executed according to the technical standards and other regulations applicable to electrical installations in the country.
• Do not use any supply cord lighter than one specified in parentheses for each type below.
• braided cord (code designation 60245 IEC 51)
• ordinary tough rubber sheathed cord (code designation 60245 IEC 53)
• flat twin tinsel cord (code designation 60227 IEC 41)
Use polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code designation 60245 IEC57) for supply cords of parts of appliances for outdoor use.
• Ground the unit. Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone grounding wire.
If improperly grounded, an electric shock or malfunction may result.
• A grounding wire must be connected before connecting the power cable. Provide a grounding wire longer than the power cable.
• The installation of an impulse withstanding type earth leakage breaker is necessary. A failure to install an earth leakage breaker can result in an accident
such as an electric shock or a fire.
• Do not turn on the power until the electrical work is completed.
• Do not use a condensive capacitor for power factor improvement under any circumstances. (It dose not improve power factor, while it can cause an
abnormal overheat accident)
• For power supply cables, use conduits.
• Do not lay electronic control cables (remote control and signaling wires) and other cables together outside the unit. Laying them together can result in
the malfunctioning or a failure of the unit due to electric noises.
• Fasten cables so that may not touch the piping, etc.
• When cables are connected, make sure that all electrical components within the electrical component box are free of loose connector coupling or
terminal connection and then attach the cover securely. (Improper cover attachment can result in malfunctioning or a failure of the unit, if water
penetrates into the box.)
• Never use a shield cable.
Indoor - Outdoor
connecting wire
Power cable
Power cable, indoor - outdoor connecting wire circuit diagram
Power cable, indoor-outdoor connecting wires
• It holds cables in place and protect the
terminal connection from external force.
• This clamp is for the cable in the outside
diameter 9 ~15mm.
Please adjust it when not suitable.
• Please be sure to carry out D-type (type
III) grounding work.
• It has stuck on the lid of a control box.
Indoor - Outdoor
connecting wire
Please connect the earthed
line of indoor and outdoor
connecting wire to a bracket
part of the illustration.
Model 09, 12 Model 18
Model 09, 12
Model 18
Power cable
L
Outdoor unit
Switchgear or Circuit breaker
N
1 2/N 3
1 2/N 3
Indoor unit
Earth leakage breaker
(Harmonic resistant type)
Earth leakage breaker
(Harmonic resistant type)
• Always perform grounding system installation work with the power cord unplugged.
• Connect a pair bearing a common terminal number with an indoor-outdoor connecting wire.
•
In cabling, fasten cables securely with cable clamps so that no external force may work on terminal connections.
• Grounding terminals are provided in the control box.
• The specifications shown in the above table are for units without heaters. For units with heaters, refer to the
installation instructions or the construction instructions of the indoor unit.
• Switchgear or Circuit breaker capacity which is calculated from MAX. over current should be chosen along the
regulations in each country.
• The cable specifications are based on the assumption that a metal or plastic conduit is used with no more than
three cables contained in a conduit and a voltage drop is 2%. For an installation falling outside of these
conditions, please follow the internal cabling regulations. Adapt it to the regulation in effect in each country.
Switchgear or Circuit Breaker
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
The screw of the side cover is tightened securely.
-
39
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Operation section
1 OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER
1. Operation control function by remote controller
FAN SPEED button
Each time the button is pressed, the
display is switched over in turn.
OPERATION MODE select button
Each time the button pressed, the
display is switched over in turn.
ON/OFF (luminous) button
Press to start operation, press again to
stop.
HI POWER/ECONO button
This button changes the HIGH POWER/
ECONOMY mode.
AIR FLOW (UP/DOWN) button
This button changes the air flow (up/down)
direction.
This button changes the air flow (left/right)
direction.
SLEEP button
This button selects SLEEP operation.
CLEAN switch
This switch changes the CLEAN mode.
ON TIMER button
This button selects ON TIMER operation.
AIR FLOW (LEFT/RIGHT) button
3D AUTO button
This button sets 3D AUTO operation.
This button selects ALLERGEN CLEAR
operation.
ALLERGEN CLEAR button
ACL switch
This switch is for resetting microcomputer
and setting time.
OFF TIMER button
This button selects OFF TIMER operation
TEMPERATURE button
These buttons sets the indoor temperature.
(These buttons are used for setting the
current time and timer function as well.)
This button cancels the ON timer, OFF
timer, and SLEEP operation.
CANCEL button
The above illustration show s all controls, but in practice
only the relevant parts are shown.
Unit display section
3D AUTO light (green)
Illuminat es during 3 D AUTO ope ration.
HI POWER light (green)
Illuminat es during H IGH POWER operation.
TIMER light (yellow)
Illuminat es during T IMER opera tion.
This button ca n b e u sed for turning on /off the unit when remote
control i s not avail able.
Remote control signal receiver
Unit ON/OFF button
RUN (HOT KEEP) light (green)
Illumina tes during operation.
Bli nks when airf low stops due to t heHOT
KEEP
andCLEAN ope ration
.
ON
OFF
1.5 sec.
0.5 sec.
HOT KEEP
3 sec.
1 sec.
ON
OFF
CLEAN ope ration
Reference
9. OUTLINE OF OPERATION CONTROL BY MICROCOMPUTER
(1) Operation control function by remote controller
-
40
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Jumper wire (JA1)
Jumper wire (JA2)
Unit ON/OFF butto
n
(2)ޓUnit ON/OFF button
(a) Operation
(b) Details of operation
(3)ޓAuto restart function
(a)
(b)
1)
2)
(4)ޓCustom cord switching procedure
(a) Modifying the indoor printed circuit board
(b) Modifying the wireless remote controller
1)
2)
Cut
Function
operation mode
Indoor temperature
setting
Fan speed
Flap/Louver
Timer Switch
Cooling
Thermal dry
Heating
-
41
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(5)ޓFlap and louver control
(a) Flap
(b) Louver
(c) Swing
1)
2)
(d) Memory flap (Flap or Louver stopped)
(e) When not operating
COOL , DRY, FAN
Remote controller
display
HEAT
Approx. 10°
Approx. 25°
Approx. 25°
Approx. 40°
Approx. 40°
Approx. 50° Approx. 70°
(Swing)
(Flap stopped)
Approx. 50°
Approx. 60°
Approx. 60°
Angle of Flap from Horizontal
Center installation
Remote controller
display
Right end installation
Left end installation
Angle of Louver
Left Approx. 50°
Left Approx. 50°
Left Approx. 20°
Left Approx. 45°
Center
Left Approx. 30°
Right Approx. 20°
Center
Right Approx. 50°
Right Approx. 20°
Left Approx. 20°
Center
Right Approx. 30° Right Approx. 45° Right Approx. 50°
(Louver stopped)
(Swing) (Spot) (Wide)
In HEAT operation In COOL, DRY, FAN operation
Approx. 25°
Approx. 70°
Approx.
10°
Approx. 60°
-
42
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(6)ޓ3D auto operation
(a)
1)
2)
(b)
At cooling
Air flow selection
Operation mode
AUTO HI MED LO
At heating
Indoor temp. – Setting temp. >5°C
Indoor temp. – Setting temp. 5°C
Setting temp. – Indoor temp. >5°C Setting temp. – Indoor temp. 5°C
HIGH POWER AUTO
HI MED LO
HIGH POWER AUTO
<
=
<
=
Flap
Louver
Cooling
Up/down Swing
Heating
Wide (Fixed) Center (Fixed)
Flap
Louver
Cooling Heating
Left/right Swing
Horizontal blowing (Fixed) Slant forwardl blowing (Fixed)
Flap
Louver
Cooling
Up/down Swing
Heating
Center (Fixed)
Wide (Fixed)
Flap
Louver
Cooling Heating
Horizontal blowing (Fixed) Slant forwardl blowing (Fixed)
Operation mode
Indoor temp. – Setting temp. 2°C
Setting temp. – Indoor temp. 2°C
At heating
At cooling
Air flow direction contorol
2°C < Setting temp.
– Indoor
temp. 5°C
2°C <
Indoor
temp.
–
Setting temp. 5°C
Indoor temp. – Setting temp. > 5°C
Setting temp. – Indoor temp. > 5°C
The control in 4) continues. Control returns to the control in 2). Control returns to the control in 1).
The control in 4) continues. Control returns to the control in 2). Control returns to the control in 1).
<
=
<
=
<
=
<
=
Wide (Fixed)
Flap
Air flow selection
Louver
According to DRY operation.
Horizontal blowing (Fixed)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
c
d
-
43
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(b) Sleep timer operation
(7)ޓTimer operation
(a) Comfortable timer setting (ON timer)
(c) OFF timer operation
(8)ޓInstallation location setting
(a) Setting
1)
If the air conditioning unit is running, press the ON/OFF button to stop.
2) Press the AIR FLOW (UP/DOWN) button and the
AIR FLOW (LEFT/RIGHT) button together for 5 seconds
or more.
3) Setting the air-conditioning installation location.
4) Press the ON/OFF button.
Airf low range Airf low rangeAirf low range
(Left End Installation) (Center Installation) (Right End Installation)
(Center Installation) (Right End Installation) (Left End Installation)
,
-
44
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(9)ޓOutline of heating operation
(a) Operation of major functional components in heating mode
(b) Details of control at each operation mode (pattern)
1) Fuzzy operation
2) Hot keep operation
ON OFF
ON ON
ON
OFF
(few minutes ON)
ON ON(HOT KEEP)
OFF
OFF
(3 minutes ON)
OFF
OFF
Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Failure
Heating
Compressor
Indoor fan motor
Outdoor fan motor
4-way valve
(c) Defrosting operation
1)
a)
b)
c)
d)
−
≧
−
≦ ＜
＜
− −
30~115rps
30~115rps
30~76rps
30~46rps
DXK12ZJ-S
23~106rps
23~106rps
23~78rps
23~50rps
DXK18ZJ-S
30~115rps
30~115rps
30~72rps
30~42rps
DXK09ZJ-S
Model
Fan speed
Auto
MED
HI
LO
(model 18 : 35)
(model 18 : 35)
(model 18 : ≧ −2 ޓ)
(model 18 : ≧ −2 ޓ)
-20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
-15
-10
-5
0
Outdoor air temperature (℃)
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (℃)
-20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
-15
-10
-5
0
Outdoor air temperature (℃)
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (℃)
Defrost operation
start
Defrost operation
start
D
e
f
r
o
s
t
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
D
e
f
r
o
s
t
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
Models 09, 12 Model 18
-
45
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
27.5
25.5
18.0
18
30
(10)ޓOutline of cooling operation
(a)ޓOperation of major functional components in Cooling mode
(b) Detail of control in each mode (Pattern)
1) Fuzzy operation
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
(few minutes ON)
OFF
(few minutes ON)
ON ON OFF
Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Failure
Cooling
Compressor
Indoor fan motor
Outdoor fan motor
4-way valve
20~98rps
20~98rps
20~58rps
20~38rps
DXK12ZJ-S
23~96rps
23~96rps
23~62rps
23~38rps
DXK18ZJ-S
20~74rps
20~74rps
20~55rps
20~34rps
DXK09ZJ-S
Model
Fan speed
Auto
MED
HI
LO
(11)ޓOutline of automatic operation
(a) Determination of operation mode
Heating
Dehumidifying
Cooling
Indoor air temperature (˚C)
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
A
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(9)ޓOutline of heating operation
(a) Operation of major functional components in heating mode
(b) Details of control at each operation mode (pattern)
1) Fuzzy operation
2) Hot keep operation
ON OFF
ON ON
ON
OFF
(few minutes ON)
ON ON(HOT KEEP)
OFF
OFF
(3 minutes ON)
OFF
OFF
Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Failure
Heating
Compressor
Indoor fan motor
Outdoor fan motor
4-way valve
(c) Defrosting operation
1)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
a)
b)
−
≧
−
≦ ＜
＜
− −
−
−
2)
30~115rps
30~115rps
30~76rps
30~46rps
DXK12ZJ-S
23~106rps
23~106rps
23~78rps
23~50rps
DXK18ZJ-S
30~115rps
30~115rps
30~72rps
30~42rps
DXK09ZJ-S
Model
Fan speed
Auto
MED
HI
LO
(model 18 : 35)
(model 18 : 35)
(model 18 : ≧ −2 ޓ)
(model 18 : ≧ −2 ޓ)
a) b) c) e)
(model 18 : 10 )
16 minutes and 50 seconds (model 18 : 18 minutes).
Max. 16 minutes and 50 seconds
Heating operation
¡Defrast operation
(Mode 18 Nax.18 minutes)
Depends on an operation condition, the time can be longer than 7 minutes.
2~7 minutes
Hot keep operation
-
46
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(12)ޓProtective control function
(a) Frost prevention control
1) Operating conditions
2) Detail of anti-frost operation
3) Reset conditions:
Indoor heat exchanger
temperature (ºC)
2.5 5 8
0 rps
Lower
limit
speed
compressor
command
speed
(b) Cooling overload protective control
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation
Indoor heat exchanger
temperature
Item
5°C or lower 2.5°C or lower
Lower limit of compressor command speed
Indoor fan
Outdoor fan
4-way valve
Item
DXK09, 12ZJ-S DXK18ZJ-S
Outdoor air temperature
Lower limit speed
Model
a)
b)
a)
b)
a)
b)
(model 18 : 23 rps)
more, or 47ºC or more (model 18 : 41ºC or more) with the compressor running, the lower limit
41°C or more
29 rps
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 30 or 40 (model 18 : 29) rps and even if the calculated result
becomes lower than that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 30 or 40 (model 18 : 29) rps. However, when the
thermo becomes OFF, the speed is reduced to 0 rps.
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(b)
1)
2)
3)
(c)
(d)
27.5
25.5
18.0
18
30
(10)ޓOutline of cooling operation
(a)ޓOperation of major functional components in Cooling mode
(b) Detail of control in each mode (Pattern)
1) Fuzzy operation
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
(few minutes ON)
OFF
(few minutes ON)
ON ON OFF
Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF Failure
Cooling
Compressor
Indoor fan motor
Outdoor fan motor
4-way valve
20~98rps
20~98rps
20~58rps
20~38rps
DXK12ZJ-S
23~96rps
23~96rps
23~62rps
23~38rps
DXK18ZJ-S
20~74rps
20~74rps
20~55rps
20~34rps
DXK09ZJ-S
Model
Fan speed
Auto
MED
HI
LO
(11)ޓOutline of automatic operation
(a) Determination of operation mode
Heating
Dehumidifying
Cooling
Indoor air temperature (˚C)
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
Signals of wireless remote controller (Display)
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
±
0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6
Setting
temperature
Cooling
Dehumidifying
Heating
A
When both the indoor and the outdoor air temperatures are in the range “A”, cooling or heating is switched depending on
the difference between the setting temperature and the indoor air temperature.
When the operation mode has been judged following the change of setting temperature with the remote controller, the hourly
judgment of operation mode is cancelled.
-
47
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(d) Cooling low outdoor air temperature protective control
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
C DA B
OFF
E F
Upper limit 50 rps
Lower limit 44 rps
ON
ON
Upper limit 50 rps
Lower limit 50 rps
ON
Upper limit 60 rps
Lower limit 30 rps
Outd oor air temp erat ure. (°C)
3) Reset conditions:
First time
Since the
seconds times
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
A B C DE F
a)
b)
a)
b)
than 50 <44> (30) rps, the speed is kept to 50 <44> (30) rps. However, when the thermo becomes OFF,the speed is
(Models 09, 12)
First time
Since the
second times
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
A B C D
(Model 18)
(model 18 : 9ºC or 10ºC)
9
16 19
10
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(12)ޓProtective control function
(a) Frost prevention control
1) Operating conditions
2) Detail of anti-frost operation
3) Reset conditions:
Indoor heat exchanger
temperature (ºC)
2.5 5 8
0 rps
Lower
limit
speed
compressor
command
speed
(b) Cooling overload protective control
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation
3) Reset conditions:
(c) Cooling high pressure control
1) Purpose:
2) Detector:
3) Detail of operation:
53
58
63
Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (°C)
6rps
(1)
6rps
(1)
0rps
After lapse of 30 sec. or over
(3)
After lapse of 30 sec. or over
(3)
After lapse of 30 sec. or over
(3)
lower limit
speed 30 (model 18 : 29) rps
(Example) Fuzzy
Indoor heat exchanger
temperature
Item
5°C or lower 2.5°C or lower
Lower limit of compressor command speed
Indoor fan
Outdoor fan
4-way valve
Item
DXK09, 12ZJ-S DXK18ZJ-S
Outdoor air temperature
Lower limit speed
Model
a)
b)
a)
b)
a)
b)
a)
b)
(model 18 : 23 rps)
more, or 47ºC or more (model 18 : 41ºC or more) with the compressor running, the lower limit
41°C or more
29 rps
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 30 or 40 (model 18 : 29) rps and even if the calculated result
becomes lower than that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 30 or 40 (model 18 : 29) rps. However, when the
thermo becomes OFF, the speed is reduced to 0 rps.
-
48
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(f) Heating overload protective control
1) Indoor unit side
a) Operating conditions :
b) Detail of operation :
c) Reset conditions :
2) Outdoor unit side
a) Operating conditions :
b) Detail of operation
• Models 09, 12
Model 18
A B C D
RPSmin < 40
40
<
=
RPSmin < 80
80
<
=
RPSmin < 90
90
<
=
RPSmin < 102
102
<
=
RPSmin
49
53
41
53 ~ 47
47 ~ 41
53
57
45
57 ~ 51
51 ~ 45
55
59
47
59 ~ 53
53 ~ 47
58
62
51
58
51
When the outdoor air temperature (TH2) is 22ºC or higher continues for 30 seconds while
the compressor command speed other than 0 rps.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Taking the upper limit of compressor command speed range at 60 rps, if the output speed obtained with the fuzzy
calculation exceeds the upper limit, the upper limit value is maintained.
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 40 rps and even if the calculated result becomes lower than
that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 40 rps. However, when thethermo becomes OFF, the speed is
reduced to 0 prs.
rps.
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(d) Cooling low outdoor air temperature protective control
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
C DA B
OFF
E F
Upper limit 50 rps
Lower limit 44 rps
ON
ON
Upper limit 50 rps
Lower limit 50 rps
ON
Upper limit 60 rps
Lower limit 30 rps
Outd oor air temp erat ure. (°C)
3) Reset conditions:
(e) Heating high pressure control
1) Purpose:
2) Detector:
3) Detail of operation:
A
B
C D
Indoor heat exchanger temperature(°C)
4rps
(1)
8rps
(2)
8rps
(2)
4rps
(1)
0rps
After lapse of 20 sec. or over
(3)
After lapse of 20 sec. or over
(3)
After lapse of 20 sec. or over
(3)
lower limit
speed 30(23) rps
(Example) Fuzzy
Temperature list
Models 09, 12
A B C D
RPSmin < 50
50
<
=
RPSmin < 91
91
<
=
RPSmin < 97
97
<
=
RPSmin < 100
100
<
=
RPSmin < 115
115
<
=
RPSmin
First time
Since the
seconds times
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
A B C DE F
a)
b)
a)
b)
than 50 <44> (30) rps, the speed is kept to 50 <44> (30) rps. However, when the thermo becomes OFF,the speed is
(Models 09, 12)
First time
Since the
second times
Outdoor air temperature (˚C)
A B C D
(Model 18)
(model 18 : 9ºC or 10ºC)
9
16 19
10
Note (1) Value in ( ) are for the model 18.
-
49
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
2) Outdoor unit side
a) Operating conditions :
b) Detail of operation
c) Reset conditions:
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
(g) Heating low outdoor temperature protective control
3) Reset conditions:
-10 -8 -2 2
Lower limit 45 rps
Lower limit 40 rps
Normal operation
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
10 11 19 20
Normal operation
Protective control ON1
Protective control ON2
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
21 22
Normal operation
Protective
control
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
• Model 18
• Models 09, 12
• Models 09, 12
When the outdoor air temperature (TH2) is 22ºC or higher continues for 30 seconds while
the compressor command speed other than 0 rps.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Taking the upper limit of compressor command speed range at 60 rps, if the output speed obtained with the fuzzy
calculation exceeds the upper limit, the upper limit value is maintained.
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 40 rps and even if the calculated result becomes lower than
that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 40 rps. However, when thethermo becomes OFF, the speed is
reduced to 0 prs.
rps.
a) Operating conditions :
b) Detail of operation
When the outdoor air temperature (TH2) is 11ºC or higher continues for 30 seconds while
the compressor command speed other than 0 rps.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Taking the upper limit of compressor command speed range at 78 rps, if the output speed obtained with the fuzzy
calculation exceeds the upper limit, the upper limit value is maintained.
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 30 rps and even if the calculated result becomes lower than
that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 30 rps. However, when thethermo becomes OFF, the speed is
reduced to 0 prs.
rps.
.
c) Reset conditions:
.
a)
b)
30
Protective
control
ON1
ON2
Item
Compressor command speed
Low limit
30 rps
30 rps
Upper limit
78 rps
51 rps
It depends on compressor command speed
Outdoor fan speed
2nd
10
-
50
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
c) Reset conditions:
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
(g) Heating low outdoor temperature protective control
3) Reset conditions:
-10 -8 -2 2
Lower limit 45 rps
Lower limit 40 rps
Normal operation
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
10 11 19 20
Normal operation
Protective control ON1
Protective control ON2
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
21 22
Normal operation
Protective
control
Outd oor air temper ature(°C)
• Model 18
• Model 18
• Models 09, 12
1)ޓOperating conditions: When the outdoor air temperature (TH2) is lower than 4ºC or higher continues for 30 seconds
while the compressor command speed is other than 0 rps.
2)ޓDetail of operation: The lower limit compressor command speed is change as shown in the figure belo.
Lower limit 29 rps
Normal operation
4 6
Outdoor air temperature(°C)
iii)
iv)
reduced to 0 prs.
rps.
a) Operating conditions :
b) Detail of operation
When the outdoor air temperature (TH2) is 11ºC or higher continues for 30 seconds while
the compressor command speed other than 0 rps.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Taking the upper limit of compressor command speed range at 78 rps, if the output speed obtained with the fuzzy
calculation exceeds the upper limit, the upper limit value is maintained.
The lower limit of compressor command speed is set to 30 rps and even if the calculated result becomes lower than
that after fuzzy calculation, the speed is kept to 30 rps. However, when thethermo becomes OFF, the speed is
reduced to 0 prs.
rps.
.
c) Reset conditions:
.
a)
b)
30
Protective
control
ON1
ON2
Item
Compressor command speed
Low limit
30 rps
30 rps
Upper limit
78 rps
51 rps
It depends on compressor command speed
Outdoor fan speed
2nd
10
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(h) Compressor overheat protection
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation
a)
Discharge pipe temperature (˚C)
(Example) Fuzzy
90 100 110
b)
(i) Current safe
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation:
(j) Current cut
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation:
Cooling Heating
Lower limit speed
Item
Model
3)ޓReset conditions: When either of the following condition is satisfied.
a)ޓThe outdoor air temperature (TH2) becomes 6ºC.
b)ޓThe compressor command speed is 0 rps.
09, 12 20 rps
24 rps
30 rps
29 rps
18
-
51
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(h) Compressor overheat protection
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation
a)
Discharge pipe temperature (˚C)
(Example) Fuzzy
90 100 110
b)
(i) Current safe
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation:
(j) Current cut
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation:
(k) Outdoor unit failure
(l) Indoor fan motor protection
Cooling Heating
Lower limit speed
Item
Model
3)ޓReset conditions: When either of the following condition is satisfied.
a)ޓThe outdoor air temperature (TH2) becomes 6ºC.
b)ޓThe compressor command speed is 0 rps.
09, 12 20 rps
24 rps
30 rps
29 rps
18
item 1), 2) is satisfied. Once the unit is stopped by this function, ti is not
1)
2)
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(m) Serial signal transmission error protection
1) Purpose:
2) Detail of operation:
(n) Rotor lock
(o) Outdoor fan motor protection
(p) Outdoor fan control at low outdoor temperature
Cooling
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
3) Reset conditions:
Outdoor temperature > 10˚C
Outdoor temperature
<
=
10˚C
Outdoor fan
a)
b)
a)
b)
c)
-
52
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
(n) Rotor lock
(o) Outdoor fan motor protection
(p) Outdoor fan control at low outdoor temperature
Cooling
1) Operating conditions:
(q) Refrigeration cycle system protection
1) Starting conditions
2) Detail of operation:
3) Reset conditions:
Heating
1) Operating conditions:
2) Detail of operation:
3) Reset conditions:
Outdoor temperature > 10˚C
Outdoor temperature
<
=
10˚C
Outdoor fan
a)
b)
a)
b)
a)
b)
a)
b)
c)
(model 50 : 0ºC)
(model 18 : 2ºC)
When 5 minutes have elapsed after the compressor ON or the completion of the defrost control
Other than the defrost control
2) Contents of control
a)
3) Resetting condition
When the compressor has been turned OFF
b)
When the conditions of 1) above are met, the compressor stops.
Error stop occurs when the compressor has stopped 3 times within 60 minutes.
c)
When, after meeting the conditions of a) and b) above, the compressor speed, indoor air temperature (Th1) and indoor
heat exchanger temperature (Th2) have met the conditions in the following table for 5 minutes:
Compressor speed (N)Operation mode
Cooling
Heating
Indoor air temperature (Th1)
Th1−4<Th2
Indoor air temperature (Th1)/
Indoor heat exchanger temperature (Th2)
Th2<Th1+6
50 N
<
=
10 Th1 40
<=<
=
0 Th1 40
<=<
=
50 N
<
=
-
53
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
10. MAINTENANCE DATA
'09•SRK-DB-087D
2
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
(1) Cautions
D ,I\RX DUHGLVDVVHPEOLQJ DQG FKHFNLQJ DQ DLU FRQGLWLRQHUEHVXUHWRWXUQRIIWKHSRZHUEHIRUHEHJLQQLQJ:KHQ ZRUNLQJ
RQLQGRRUXQLWVOHWWKHXQLWVLW IRUDERXW PLQXWHDIWHUWXUQLQJRIIWKHSRZHUEHIRUH\RX EHJLQZRUN:KHQZRUNLQJRQDQ
RXWGRRUXQLWWKHUHPD\EHDQHOHFWULFDOFKDUJHDSSOLHGWRWKHPDLQFLUFXLWHOHFWURO\WLFFRQGHQVHUVREHJLQZRUNRQO\DIWHU
GLVFKDUJLQJWKLVHOHFWULFDOFKDUJHWR'&9RUORZHU
E :KHQWDNLQJRXWSULQWHGFLUFXLWERDUGVEHVXUHWRGRVRZLWKRXWH[HUWLQJIRUFHRQWKHFLUFXLWERDUGVRUSDFNDJHFRPSRQHQWV
F :KHQGLVFRQQHFWLQJDQGFRQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUVWDNHKROGRIWKHFRQQHFWRUKRXVLQJDQGGRQRWSXOORQWKHOHDGZLUHV
(2) Items to check before troubleshooting
D +DYH\RXWKRURXJKO\LQYHVWLJDWHGWKHGHWDLOVRIWKHWURXEOHZKLFKWKHFXVWRPHULVFRPSODLQLQJDERXW"
E ,VWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUUXQQLQJ",VLWGLVSOD\LQJDQ\VHOIGLDJQRVLVLQIRUPDWLRQ"
F ,VDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWKWKHFRUUHFWYROWDJHFRQQHFWHG"
G $UHWKHFRQWUROOLQHVFRQQHFWLQJWKHLQGRRUDQGRXWGRRUXQLWVZLUHGFRUUHFWO\DQGFRQQHFWHGVHFXUHO\"
H ,VWKHRXWGRRUXQLW¶VVHUYLFHYDOYHRSHQ"
(3) Troubleshooting procedure (If the air conditioner does not run at all)
,IWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUGRHVQRWUXQDWDOOGLDJQRVHWKHWURXEOHXVLQJWKHIROORZLQJWURXEOHVKRRWLQJSURFHGXUH,IWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHU
LVUXQQLQJEXWEUHDNVGRZQSURFHHGWRWURXEOHVKRRWLQJVWHS
Important
:KHQDOOWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHPHWZHVD\WKDWWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUZLOOQRWUXQDWDOO
D 7KH581OLJKWGRHVQRWOLJKWXS
E 7KHI ODSVGRQRWRSHQ
F 7KHLQGRRUXQLWIDQPRWRUVGRQRWUXQ
G 7KHVHOIGLDJQRVLVGLVSOD\GRHVQRWIXQFWLRQ
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJSURFHGXUH,IWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUGRHVQRWUXQDWDOO
,V WKH FRUU HFW YROW DJH
FRQQHFWHGIRUWKHSRZHU
VXSSO\"
:LWKWKH SRZHU RII GR
WKHÀDSVRSHQPDQXDOO\
WKHQ FORVH DJDLQ ZKHQ
WKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQ"
,V WKH U H D UHFH S W L R Q
VRXQG HPLWWHG IURP WKH
XQLW ZKHQ LW LVRSHUDWHG
E\WKHUHPRWHFRQWUROOHU"
5HSODFH WKH LQGRRU SULQWHG
FLUFXLWERDUGDQGSHUIRUPDQ
RSHUDWLRQFKHFN
0DNHVXUHWKHFRUUHFWYROW
DJHLV FRQQHFWHG WKHQ SHU
IRUPDQRSHUDWLRQFKHFN
,VWKHFXUUHQWIXVHRQWKHLQ
GRRUXQLW¶VERDUGEURNHQ"
3URFHHGWRWKHLQGRRUSULQWHG
FLUFXLWERDUGFKHFN
3URFHHGWRWKHZLUHOHVVUHPRWH
FRQWUROOHUWURXEOHVKRRWLQJSUR
FHGXUH
,I WKH SDFNDJH FRPSRQHQWV
DUH QRW G DPDJHG UHSODFH
WKHIXVHDQGSHUIRUPDQRS
HUDWLRQFKHFNDJDLQ
,IWKH YROWDJH LV FRUUHFW LW ZLOOEH
ZLWKLQWKHIROORZLQJYROWDJHUDQJH
a9
ReferenceReference
-
54
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(4) Troubleshooting procedure (If the air conditioner runs)
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
55.
56 ~ 62.
56~ 62.
-
55
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
When a heat exchanger sensor 1 wire disconnection is detected while
operation is stopped. (If a temperature of –28ºC or lower is detected for
15 seconds, it is judged that the wire is disconnected.)
(Not displayed during operation.)
When a room temperature sensor wire disconnection is detected while
operation is stopped. (If a temperature of –45ºC or lower is detected for
15 seconds, it is judged that the wire is disconnected.)
(Not displayed during operation.)
• Broken heat exchanger sensor
1 wire, poor connector
connection
• Indoor PCB is faulty
• Broken room temperature
sensor wire, poor connector
connection
• Indoor PCB is faulty
Heat exchanger
sensor 1 error
Room
temperature
sensor error
When conditions for turning the indoor unit’s fan motor on exist during air
conditioner operation, an indoor unit fan motor speed of 300 rpm
• Defective fan motor, poor
connector connection
Indoor fan
motor error
–55ºC or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times within
40 minutes after initial detection of this anomalous temperature.
Or –55ºC or higher is detected for within 20 seconds after power ON.
(The compressor is stopped.)
–55ºC or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times within
40 minutes after initial detection of this anomalous temperature.
Or –55ºC or higher is detected for within 20 seconds after power ON.
(The compressor is stopped.)
• Broken heat exchanger sensor
wire, poor connector
connection
• Outdoor PCB is faulty
Outdoor heat
exchanger
sensor error
–25ºC or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times within 40
minutes after initial detection of this anomalous temperature.
(The compressor is stopped.)
• Broken discharge pipe sensor
wire, poor connector
connection
• Outdoor PCB is faulty
Discharge pipe
sensor error
The compressor output current exceeds the set value during compressor
start.
(The air conditioner stops.)
• , Compressor locking, open phase
on compressor output, short
circuit on power transistor
service valve is closed
Current cut
gency stop caused by trouble in the outdoor unit, When there is an emer
or the input current value is found to be lower than the set value.
(The air conditioner stops.)
When the power transistor is judged breakdown while compressor
starts.
(The compressor is stopped.)
• Broken compressor wire
• Compressor blockage
Trouble of
outdoor unit
When the value of the discharge pipe sensor exceeds the set value.
(The air conditioner stops.)
• Gas shortage, defective
discharge pipe sensor, service
valve is closed
Over heat of
compressor
When there is no signal between the indoor PCB and outdoor PCB for
10 seconds or longer (when the power is turned on), or when there is no
signal for 7 minute 35 seconds or longer (during operation)(the
compressor is stopped).
• Defective power supply,
Broken signal wire, defective
indoor/outdoor PCB
Error of signal
transmission
If the compressor motor’s magnetic pole positions cannot be correctly
detected when the compressor starts.
(The air conditioner stops.)
• Defective compressor
• Open phase on compressor
• Defective outdoor PCB
• Service valve is closed.
• Refrigerant is insufficient
Rotor lock
When the outdoor unit’s fan motor speed continues for 30 seconds or
longer at 75 rpm or lower. (3 times) (The air conditioner stops.)
• Defective fan motor, poor
connector connection
Outdoor fan
motor error
Indoor unit display panel
Description
of trouble
Cause Display (flashing) condition
When the compressor command speed is lower than the set value and
the current safe has operated. (the compressor stops)
• Overload operation
• Overcharge
• Compressor locking
Current safe
stop
The wired remote controller wire Y is open. The wired remote
controller wires X and Y are reversely connected. Noise is penetrating
the wired remote controller lines. The wired remote controller or indoor
PCB is faulty. (The communications circuit is faulty.)
• Broken wired remote controller
wire, defective indoor PCB
Error of wired
remote controller
wiring
• Broken power transistor
Power
transistor
error
When a heat exchanger sensor 2 wire disconnection is detected while
operation is stopped. (If a temperature of –28ºC or lower is detected for
15 seconds, it is judged that the wire is disconnected.)
(Not displayed during operation.)
• Broken heat exchanger sensor
2 wire, poor connector
connection
• Indoor PCB is faulty
Heat exchanger
sensor 2 error
When the value of the outdoor heat exchanger sensor exceeds the set
value.
•
Overload operation, overcharge
• Broken outdoor heat exchange
sensor wire
• Service valve is closed
Cooling high
pressure
protecton
When the wrong voltage connected for the power supply.
When the outdoor PCB is faulty.
• Defective active filter
Active filter
voltage error
When refrigeration cycle system protective control operates.
Refrigeration
cycle system
protective
control
ON
ON
ON
2 time
flash
4 time
flash
1 time
flash
2 time
flash
5 time
flash
6 time
flash
2 time
flash
7 time
flash
TIMER
light
3 time
flash
—
4 time
flash
ON
Keeps
flashing
ON
ON
1 time
flash
2 time
flash
6 time
flash
Keeps
flashing
Keeps
flashing
ON
ON
ON
ON
2 time
flash
ON
RUN
light
—
ON
ON
3 time
flash
ON
5 time
flash
7 time
flash
E 16
• Broken outdoor air temp.
sensor wire, poor connector
connection
• Outdoor PCB is faulty
Outdoor air
temperature
sensor error
1 time
flash
Keeps
flashing
E 38
E 37
E 39
E 42
E 59
E 36
E 5
E 60
E 47
E 48
E 35
E 1
E 58
E 51
Wired
(2)
remote
controller
display
E 57
—
—
—
(5) Self-diagnosis table
measured for 30 seconds or longer. (The air conditioner stops.)
or lower is
-
56
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(6) Service mode (Trouble mode access function)
(a) Explanation of terms
Explanation
Term
Service mode
Service data
The service mode is the mode where service data are displayed by flashing of the display lights
when the operations in item (b) below are performed with the indoor controller.
These are the contents of error displays and protective stops which occurred in the past in the air
conditioner system. Error display contents and protective stop data from past anomalous
operations of the air conditioner system are saved in the indoor unit controller’s non-volatile
memory (memory which is not erased when the power goes off). There are two types of data,
self-diagnosis data and stop data, described below.
Self-diagnosis data
Stop data
These are the data which display the reason why a stop occurred when an error display(selfdiagnosis display) occurred in an indoor unit. Data are recorded for up to 5 previous occurrences.
Data which are older than the 5th previous occurrence are erased.
In addition, data on the temperature of each sensor (room temperature, indoor heat exchanger,
outdoor heat exchanger, outdoor air temperature, discharge pipe), remote controller information
(operation switching, fan speed switching) are recorded when trouble occurs, so more detailed
information can be checked.
These are the data which display the reason by a stop occurred when the air conditioning system
performed protective stops, etc. in the past. Even if stop data alone are generated, the system
restarts automatically. (After executing the stop mode while the display is normal, the system
restarts automatically.) Data for up to 10 previous occasions are stored. Data older than the 10th
previous occasion are erased.
( Important) In cases where transient stop data only are generated, the air conditioner system
may still be normal. However, if the same protective stop occurs frequently (3 or
more times), it could lead to customer complaints.
(b) Service mode display procedure
59.)
57.)
-
57
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
7RFRXQWWKHQXPEHURIÀDVKHVLQWKHVHUYLFHPRGHFRXQWWKHQXPEHURIÀDVKHVDIWHUWKHOLJKWOLJKWVXSIRUVHFRQG
LQLWLDOO\VWDUWVLJQDO 7KH WLPH WKDW WKH OLJKW OLJKWVXSIRUVHFRQGVWDUW VLJQDO LV QRW FRXQWHG LQ WKHQXPEHURI
ÀDVKHV
:KHQLQWKHVHUYLFHPRGHZKHQWKH UHPRWH FRQWUROOHU VHWWLQJV RSHUDWLRQ VZLWFKLQJ IDQ VSHHG VZLWFKLQJ WHPSHUDWXUH
VHWWLQJDUHVHWDVVKRZQLQWKHIROORZLQJWDEOHDQGVHQWWRWKHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUXQLWWKHXQLWVZLWFKHVWRGLVSOD\RIVHUYLFH
GDWD
1) Self-diagnosis data
:KDWDUH6HOI7KHVHDUHFRQWUROGDWDUHDVRQVIRUVWRSVWHPSHUDWXUHDWHDFKVHQVRUUHPRWHFRQWUROOHULQIRUPDWLRQ
GLDJQRVLV'DWD" IURPWKHWLPHZKHQWKHUHZHUHHUURUGLVSOD\VDEQRUPDOVWRSVLQWKHLQGRRUXQLWLQWKHSDVW
'DWDIURPXSWRSUHYLRXVRFFDVLRQVDUHVWRUHGLQPHPRU\'DWDROGHUWKDQWKHWKSUHYLRXVRFFDVLRQDUHHUDVHG
7KHWHPSHUDWXUHVHWWLQJLQGLFDWHVKRZPDQ\RFFDVLRQVSUHYLRXVWRWKHSUHVHQWVHWWLQJWKHHUURUGLVSOD\
GDWDDUHDQGWKHRSHUDWLRQVZLWFKLQJDQGIDQVSHHGVZLWFKLQJGDWDVKRZWKHW\SHRIGDWD
Remote controller setting
Contents of output data
)DQVSHHGVZLWFKLQJ
0('
+,
$872
/2
0('
+,
$872
'LVSOD\VWKHUHDVRQIRUVWRSSLQJGLVSOD\LQWKHSDVWHUURUFRGH
'LVSOD\VWKHURRPWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
'LVSOD\VWKHLQGRRUKHDWH[FKDQJHUVHQVRUWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
'LVSOD\VWKHUHPRWHFRQWUROOHULQIRUPDWLRQDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
'LVSOD\VWKHRXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
'LVSOD\VWKHRXWGRRUKHDWH[FKDQJHUVHQVRUWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
'LVSOD\VWKHGLVFKDUJHSLSHVHQVRUWHPSHUDWXUHDWWKHWLPHWKHHUURUFRGHZDVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHSDVW
&RROLQJ
2SHUDWLRQVZLWFKLQJ
+HDWLQJ
Remote controller setting
Indicates the number of
occasions previous to the present
the error display data are from.
Temperature setting
21ºC
22ºC
23ºC
24ºC
25ºC
1 time previous (previous time)
2 times previous
3 times previous
4 times previous
5 times previous
&
&
'
&'
'
&'
&#""'%)
&
"'&#(%%"'('*!$ &'#$#
'&' &&'!&"' '&' &&'!&
㧗㧩ޓ%#!'' %'"&'%('#"&#%%%#%#(%%"'('
Only for indoor heat exchanger sensor 2
Remote controller setting
Indicates the number of
occasions previous to the present
the error display data are from.
Temperature setting
26ºC
27ºC
28ºC
29ºC
30ºC
1 time previous (previous time)
2 times previous
3 times previous
4 times previous
5 times previous
-
58
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Remote controller setting
Fan speed
switching
Operation
switching
Displayed data
Temperature
setting
21ºC
22ºC
23ºC
24ºC
25ºC
Displays the reason for the stop (error code) the previous time an error was displayed.
Displays the reason for the stop (error code) 2 times previous when an error was displayed.
Displays the reason for the stop (error code) 3 times previous when an error was displayed.
Displays the reason for the stop (error code) 4 times previous when an error was displayed.
Displays the reason for the stop (error code) 5 times previous when an error was displayed.
Cooling MED
2) Stop data
Remote controller setting
Fan speed
switching
Operation
switching
Displayed data
Temperature
setting
21ºC
22ºC
23ºC
24ºC
25ºC
26ºC
27ºC
28ºC
29ºC
30ºC
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) the previous time when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 2 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 3 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 4 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 5 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 6 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 7 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 8 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 9 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Displays the reason for the stop (stop code) 10 times previous when the air conditioner was stopped by protective stop control.
Cooling LO
(Example)
-
59
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(c) Error code, stop code table
0 Normal
Can not receive signals for 35
seconds
(if communications have recovered)
Power supply is faulty.
Power supply cables and signal lines are improperly wired.
Indoor or outdoor PCB are faulty.
Cooling overload operation.
Outdoor unit fan speed drops.
Outdoor heat exchanger sensor is short circuit.
Refrigerant is insufficient.
Discharge pipe sensor is faulty.
Service valve is closed.
Outdoor air temperature sensor wire is
disconnected.
Connector connections are poor.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Suction pipe sensor wire is
disconnected.
Connector connections are poor.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Discharge pipe sensor wire is
disconnected.
Connector connections are poor.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Compressor lock.
Compressor wiring short circuit.
Compressor output is open phase.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Service valve is closed.
Electronic expansion valve is faulty.
Compressor is faulty.
Defective active filter
.
Outdoor fan motor is faulty.
Connector connections are poor.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Power transistor is damaged.
Service valve is closed.
Refrigerant is insufficient.
Refrigerant is overcharge.
Compressor lock.
Overload operation.
Compressor wiring is disconnected.
Power transistor is damaged.
Power supply construction is defective.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Compressor is faulty.
Compressor is faulty.
Compressor output is open phase.
Electronic expansion valve is faulty.
Overload operation.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Connection lines are faulty.
Indoor or outdoor PCB are faulty.
Indoor or outdoor PCB are faulty.
Noise is causing faulty operation.
Indoor fan motor is faulty.
Connector connections are poor.
Indoor PCB is faulty.
Indoor heat exchanger sensor wire is
disconnected.
Connector connections are poor.
High humidity condition.
Humidity sensor is faulty.
Indoor unit fan speed drops.
Indoor heat exchanger sensor is broken wire.
Heating overload operation.
Indoor unit fan speed drops.
Indoor heat exchanger sensor is short circuit.
Anti-condensation prevention control is operating.
Refrigeration cycle system
protective control
Anti-condensation control
Heating high pressure control
Short circuit in the power
transistor (high side)
Current cut circuit breakdown
OFF
05
5 time
flash
Cooling high pressure control
35
5 time
flash
51
1 time
flash
Indoor unit's fan motor is
abnormal
80
OFF
Current cut42
2 time
flash
V
Compressor wiring is unconnection
oltage drop
Low speed protective control
59
9 time
flash
Compressor
overheat
110°C
36
6 time
flash
Outdoor heat exchanger sensor wire is
disconnected.
Connector connections are poor.
Outdoor PCB is faulty.
Outdoor heat exchanger sensor
is abnormal
37
7 time
flash
Indoor heat exchanger sensor
is abnormal (anomalous stop)
82
2 time
flash
86
6 time
flash
Anti-frost control
85
5 time
flash
Active filter voltage error
47
7 time
flash
57
7 time
flash
Suction pipe sensor
is abnormal
(Multi system only)
53
3 time
flash
84
4 time
flash
Outdoor air temperature sensor
is abnormal
38
8 time
flash
Outdoor unit's fan motor is
abnormal
48
8 time
flash
Current safe
58
8 time
flash
Connection lines between the
indoor and outdoor units are
faulty
61
1 time
flash
Serial transmission error
62
2 time
flash
Discharge pipe sensor is
abnormal (anomalous stop)
39
9 time
flash
Rotor lock
60
OFF
(5 times)
(3 times)
(3 times)
(3 times)
(2 times)
Number of flashes when in
service mode
RUN
light
(10's digit)
TIMER
light
(1's digit)
Stop coad
or
Error coad
Error content Cause Occurrence conditions
Error
display
Auto
recovery
OFF
3 time
flash
5 time
flash
6 time
flash
8 time
flash
4 time
flash
(2 times)
(2 times)
(3 times)
(3 times)
(3 times)
When high pressure control operates during heating
operation and the compressor stops.
When the anti-frost control operates and the compressor
stops during cooling operation.
When 10 seconds passes after the power is turned on
without communications signals from the indoor or
outdoor unit being detected correctly.
When the current is 1A or less at the time the
compressor started.
When the power supply voltage drops during operation.
When the compressor command speed is 1ower than 32
rps for 60 minutes.
When a temperature of –28°C or lower is sensed
continuously for 40 minutes during heating operation.
(the compressor stops).
When the indoor unit's fan motor is detected to be running
at 300 rpm or lower speed with the fan motor in the ON
condition while the air conditioner is running.
When 7 minute 35 seconds passes without
communications signals from either the outdoor unit or
the indoor unit being detected correctly.
After the compressor starts, when the compressor stops
due to rotor lock.
When there is a current safe stop during operation.
When it is judged that the power transistor was
damaged at the time the compressor started.
When a fan speed of 75 rpm or lower continues for 30
seconds or longer.
When refrigeration cycle system protective control
operates.
When the wrong voltage connected for the power supply.
When the outdoor PCB is faulty.
Compressor start fails 42 times in succession and the
reason for the final failure is current cut.
When 35 seconds passes without
communications signals from either the outdoor unit or
the indoor unit being detected correctly.
–55°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times
within 40 minutes after intial detection of this anomalous
temperature.
Or–55°C higher is detected for 5 seconds continuously
within 20 seconds after power ON.
–55°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times
within 40 minutes after intial detection of this anomalous
temperature.
Or–55°C higher is detected for 5 seconds continuously
within 20 seconds after power ON.
–25°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times
within 40 minutes after intial detection of this anomalous
temperature.
–55°C or lower is detected for 5 seconds continuously 3 times
within 40 minutes after intial detection of this anomalous
temperature.
Or–55°C higher is detected for 5 seconds continuously
within 20 seconds after compressor ON.
When the discharge pipe sensor's value exceeds the set
value.
When the outdoor heat exchanger sensor's value exceeds
the set value.
-
60
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
1RWH 7KHQXPEHURI IODVKHV ZKHQLQWKH6HUYLFH0RGHGRQRWLQFOXGHWKHVHFRQGSHULRGZKHQWKHOLJKWVOLJKWXSDWI LUVWVWDUWLQJ VLJQDO6HHWKHH[DPSOH
VKRZQEHORZ
&
&
'
&'
'
&'
&#""'%)
&
"'&#(%%"'('*!$ &'#$#
'&' &&'!&"' '&' &&'!&
㧗㧩ޓ%#!'' %'"&'%('#"&#%%%#%#(%%"'('
1RWHV(UURUGLVSOD\
,VQRWGLVSOD\HGDXWRPDWLFUHFRYHU\RQO\
'LVSOD\HG
,IWKHUHLV D GLVSOD\HG WKH HUURUGLVSOD\ VKRZV WKHQXPEHU RIWLPHVWKDW DQDXWRUHFRYHU\ RFFXUUHGIRU WKH VDPHUHDVRQ KDV
UHDFKHGWKHQXPEHURIWLPHVLQ
,IQRLVGLVSOD\HGWKHHUURUGLVSOD\VKRZVWKDWWKHWURXEOHKDVRFFXUUHGRQFH
1RWHV$XWR5HFRYHU\
'RHVQRWRFFXU
$XWRUHFRYHU\RFFXUV
(d) Remote controller information tables
2SHUDWLRQVZLWFKLQJ
RUN light
(Operation switching)
Display pattern when
in service mode
Operation switching
when there is an
abnormal stop
0
1
2
4
3
AUTO
DRY
COOL
FAN
HEAT
)DQVSHHGVZLWFKLQJ
TIMER light
(Fan speed switching)
Display pattern when
in service mode
Fan speed
switching when
there is an
abnormal stop
0
2
3
4
6
7
AUTO
HI
MED
LO
HI POWER
ECONO
,IQRGDWDDUHUHFRUGHGHUURUFRGHLVQRUPDOWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGLVSOD\LQWKHUHPRWHFRQWUROOHUEHFRPHVDVIROORZV
Remote controller setting
Operation switching
Fan speed switching
'LVSOD\ZKHQHUURUFRGHLVQRUPDO
$872
$872
0.5 sec.
1.5 sec.
RUN light
(10’s digit)
TIMER light
(1’s digit)
11-second interval
0.5 sec.
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
([DPSOH2SHUDWLRQVZLWFKLQJIDQVSHHGVZLWFKLQJFRROLQJ+,
-
61
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(e) Room temperature sensor, indoor heat exchanger sensor, outdoor air temperature sensor, outdoor heat
exchanger sensor table
Units: °C
Buzzer sound
TIMER light
(1’s digit)
RUN light
(10’s digit)
Yes
(sounds for 0.1 second)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-61
-51
-41
-31
-21
-11
-1
1
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
81
91
-62
-52
-42
-32
-22
-12
-2
2
12
22
32
42
52
62
72
82
92
-63
-53
-43
-33
-23
-13
-3
3
13
23
33
43
53
63
73
83
93
-64
-54
-44
-34
-24
-14
-4
4
14
24
34
44
54
64
74
84
94
-55
-45
-35
-25
-15
-5
5
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
85
95
-56
-46
-36
-26
-16
-6
6
16
26
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
-57
-47
-37
-27
-17
-7
7
17
27
37
47
57
67
77
87
97
-58
-48
-38
-28
-18
-8
8
18
28
38
48
58
68
78
88
98
-59
-49
-39
-29
-19
-9
9
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
89
99
No
(does not sound)
,IQRGDWDDUHUHFRUGHGHUURUFRGHLVQRUPDOWKHGLVSOD\IRUHDFKVHQVRUEHFRPHVDVVKRZQEHORZ
Sensor name
Room temperature sensor
Indoor heat exchanger sensor
Outdoor air temperature sensor
Outdoor heat exchanger sensor
-64ºC
-64ºC
-64ºC
-64ºC
Sensor value displayed when the error code is normal
([DPSOH5RRPWHPSHUDWXUHLQGRRUKHDWH[FKDQJHURXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHRXWGRRUKHDWH[FKDQJHU³&´
0.5 sec.
0.1 sec.
1.5 sec.
Buzzer sound
If the temperature is < 0, the buzzer sounds.
If the temperature is≧0, the buzzer does not sound.
11-second interval
0.5 sec.
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
RUN light
(10’s digit)
TIMER light
(1’s digit)
-
62
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(f) Discharge pipe sensor table
Units: °C
Buzzer sound
TIMER light
(1’s digit)
RUN light
(10’s digit)
Yes
(sounds for 0.1 second)
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-60
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-62
-42
-22
-2
2
22
42
62
82
102
122
142
-64
-44
-24
-4
4
24
44
64
84
104
124
144
-46
-26
-6
6
26
46
66
86
106
126
146
-48
-28
-8
8
28
48
68
88
108
128
148
-50
-30
-10
10
30
50
70
90
110
130
150
-52
-32
-12
12
32
52
72
92
112
132
-54
-34
-14
14
34
54
74
94
114
134
-56
-36
-16
16
36
56
76
96
116
136
-58
-38
-18
18
38
58
78
98
118
138
No
(does not sound)
,IQRGDWDDUHUHFRUGHGHUURUFRGHLVQRUPDOWKHGLVSOD\IRUHDFKVHQVRUEHFRPHVDVVKRZQEHORZ
Sensor value displayed when the error code is normal
-64ºC
([DPSOH'LVFKDUJHSLSHWHPSHUDWXUH³&´
,QWKHFDVHRIGLVFKDUJHSLSHGDWDPXOWLSO\WKHUHDGLQJYDOXHE\%HORZ[ ³&´
0.5 sec.
0.1 sec.
1.5 sec.
11-second interval
0.5 sec.
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Buzzer sound
If the temperature is < 0, the buzzer sounds.
If the temperature is≧0, the buzzer does not sound.
RUN light
(10’s digit)
TIMER light
(1’s digit)
-
63
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Service data record form
57)
-
64
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(7) Inspection procedures corresponding to detail of trouble
Sensor error
Sensor temperature characteristics (Room
temp., indoor heat exchanger temp., outdoor heat exchanger temp., outdoor air
temp.)
Temperature (˚C)
Resistance (k )
30
25
20
15
10
5
30
20
10
40 50 60
70
0
-
10
Discharge pipe sensor temperature characteristics
Indoor fan motor error
Broken sensor wire,
connector poor connection
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 135
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Temperature (˚C)
Resistance (k )
Defective fan motor, connector poor
connection, defective indoor PCB
69 for the fan motor and indoor PCB check proc-
Power supply reset
Is it normalized?
Malfunction by temporary noise
Replace fan motor. (If the
error persists after replacing
the fan motor, replace the
indoor PCB.)
-
65
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Current cut
Compressor lock, Compressor wiring short circuit, Compressor output is open phase,
Outdoor PCB is faulty, Service valve is closed, EEV is faulty, Compressor faulty.
＊
＊
Current safe stop
Overload operation, compressor
lock, overcharge
73
70
DXC09, 12 : 1.703Ω (U-V, V-W, U-W) or more at 20ºC
DXC18 : 1.417Ω (U-V), 1.392Ω (V-W), 1.435Ω (U-W) or more at 20ºC
-
66
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Over heat of compressor
Gas shortage, defective discharge
pipe sensor
Error of signal transmission
Wiring error including power cable, defective indoor/
outdoor PCB
② ③
② ③
① ②
64)
-
67
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Trouble of outdoor unit
Insufficient refregerant amount, Faulty power transistor, Broken compressor wire
Service valve close, Defective EEV, Defective outdoor PCB
．
◆
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Notes (1)
(2)
(3)
73
70
Check coil resistance, see page 65.
Outdoor fan motor error
Defective fan motor, connector poor
connection, defective outdoor PCB
See pages 73 for the fan motor and outdoor PCB check proc-
After making sure the fan motor and outdoor PCB are nor-
Power supply reset
Is it normalized?
Malfunction by temporary noise
Replace fan motor. (If the
error persists after replacing
the fan motor, replace the
outdoor PCB.)
the f an motor and o utdoor
ourdo or PCB
outdo or
Repla ce outdoor fan motor
-
68
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Outdoor fan motor error
Rotor lock
Defective fan motor, connector poor
connection, defective outdoor PCB
Defective compressor, defective
outdoor PCB
See page 65.
'09•SRK-DB-087D
Outdoor fan motor error
Rotor lock
(8) Phenomenon observed after shortcircuit, wire breakage on sensor
(a) Indoor unit
Defective fan motor, connector poor
connection, defective outdoor PCB
Defective compressor, defective
outdoor PCB
Sensor
Operation
mode
Phenomenon
Shortcircuit Disconnected wire
Room temperature
sensor
Cooling
Heating
Heat exchanger
sensor
Cooling
Heating
Humidity sensor
(1)
Cooling
Heating
■
Humidity sensor operation
Failure mode Control input circuit resding
Air conditioning system operation
①
②
①②
① ②
See page 65.
Note (1) DXK12, 18ZJ-S only
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(b) Outdoor unit
Sensor
Operation
mode
Phenomenon
Shortcircuit Disconnected wire
Heat exchanger
sensor
Cooling
Heating
Ourdoor air
temperature sensor
Cooling
Heating
Discharge pipe
sensor
All modes
Defrosting is performed for 10 minutes at approx. 45 (models 50 : 35) minutes.
Defrosting is performed for 10 minutes at approx. 45 (models 50 : 35) minutes.
-
69
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(9) Checking the indoor electrical equipment
(a) Indoor PCB check procedure
(b) Outdoor unit
Is there voltage between terminal
blocks ① and ② ? (AC 220/230/240
V)
Indoor electrical components
are normal.
Is the voltage between terminal
blocks ② and ③ oscillating between
DC 0 and 20V?
Inspect power source
for outdoor unit.
Replace fuse.
Replace indoor PCB.
Is the fuse burnt out? (3.15 A)
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
(b) Indoor unit fan motor check procedure
1) Indoor PCB output check
① ④ ⑤
2) Fan motor resistance check
⑥ ⑤ ④ ③ ② ①
⑥ ⑤ ④ ③ ② ①
FM
I
DC15V
Indoor PCB
DC 308~336V
DC several V
(4~6 V)
CNU
(–)
GND
Blue
Yellow
White
Black
Red
Sensor
Operation
mode
Phenomenon
Shortcircuit Disconnected wire
Heat exchanger
sensor
Cooling
Heating
Ourdoor air
temperature sensor
Cooling
Heating
Discharge pipe
sensor
All modes
Measuring point Resistance when normal
①
−
③
−
④
−
③
−
Measuring
point
Resistance when
normal
①
−
③
④
−
③
⑤
−
③
⑥
−
③
Defrosting is performed for 10 minutes at approx. 45 (models 50 : 35) minutes.
Defrosting is performed for 10 minutes at approx. 45 (models 50 : 35) minutes.
-
70
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(10) How to make sure of wireless remote controller
(c) Power transistor inspection procedure
[Use a tester with a needle indicator for the inspection. (Do not use a digital tester. Check in the AC 300 volt range.)]
(1) If there is a self-diagnosis display, inspect the compressor system (burns, wiring mistakes, etc.) If no problems are found, check the
output of the power transistor.
(2) Output inspection procedure
Disconnect the terminals for the compresseor.
If an output such as the one shown in the figure on the below can be measured, the power transistor and the circuit board for the
outdoor unit are normal.
(Example)
RUN light : ON
TIMER light: 2 time flash
Measure in this section
Operation SW ON
8~10 sec. 1 sec. 1 sec.
3 min. 3 min.
1 sec.
0
Output voltage
(ACV)
-
71
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(11) Outdoor unit inspection points
DXC09ZJ-S, 12ZJ-S
73.
73.
64.
-
72
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
RD
OrangeOR
Yellow／GreenY／G
BlackBK
YellowY
WhiteWH
Red
Indoor
unit
Power source
1 Phase
220-240V 50Hz
Inspection of resistance value of sensor
Remove the connector and check the resistance value.
See the section of sensor characteristics on page 64.
Inspection power transistor
Remove the fasten terminal and test output voltage
Inspection of electronic expansion valve
Check point of outdoor unit
See page 73.
Inspection of outdoor fan motor
See page 73.
Power source and serial signal inspection
1 to 2 : AC 220/230/240V
2 to 3 : Normal if the voltage oscillates between DC 0 and approx. 20V
CAUTION- HIGH VOLTAGE
High voltage is produced in the control box. Don't touch
electrical parts in the control box for 5 minutes after the
unit is stopped.
Color symbol
L
to N : AC 220/230/240V
Model DXC18ZJ-S
Outdoor unit
M
T2
T1
S
BK
WH
RD
V
W
U
PCB ASSY （MAIN）
M
M
R
TRANSISTOR
POWER
CIRCUIT
SWITCHING POWER
250V 2A
F1
250V 20A
F2
F3 250V 1A
W
V
U
P
NU
NV
NW
CNTH
CNEEV
CNFAN
tº
3〜
ACTIVE
FILTER
UNIT
250V 20A
F8
OR
Y
S-2
tº tº
BK
WH
WH
BK
PCB ASSY （SUB）
S-1
CNSUB
CNMAIN
250V 10A
F10
S
RIN
ROUT
BK
WH
G1
Y／G
BR
IN
SO
RO
N
L
250V 20A
FUSE
2
1
N
3
Y／G
Y／G
CN20S
C-2
RD
20S
RD
T1
T2
TH1 TH2 TH3
EEV
FMo
CM
WH
L
-
73
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
'09•SRK-DB-087D
(a)Inspection of electronic expansion valve
(OHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQ YDOYHRSHUDWHV IRUDSSUR[ VHFRQGV DIWHUWKH SRZHU RQLQ RUGHU WRGHWHUPLQH LWVDSHUWXUH &KHFNWKH
RSHUDWLQJVRXQG DQG YROWDJHGXULQJWKHSHULRG RI WLPH 9ROWDJHFDQQRW EHFKHFNHGGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ LQ ZKLFKRQO\WKHDSHUWXUH
FKDQJHRFFXUV
,ILWLVKHDUGWKHVRXQGRIRSHUDWLQJHOHFWURQLFH[SDQVLRQYDOYHLWLVDOPRVWQRUPDO
,IWKHRSHUDWLQJVRXQGLVQRWKHDUGFKHFNWKHRXWSXWYROWDJH
6
White
Yellow
Orange
Blue
Red
5 4
3
2
1
([SDQVLRQYDOYHFRQQHFWRU
3EODFN
$SSUR[9LVGHWHFWHGIRUVHFRQGVDIWHUWKHSRZHURQ
,IYROWDJHLVGHWHFWHGWKHRXWGRRU3&%LVQRUPDO
,IWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHGRHVQRWRSHUDWHQRRSHUDWLQJVRXQGZKLOHYROWDJHLVGHWHFWHGWKHH[SDQVLRQYDOYHLVGHIHFWLYH
• Inspection of electronic expansion valve as a separate unit
0HDVXUHWKHUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWHUPLQDOVZLWKDQDQDORJWHVWHU
Measuring point Resistance when normal
±
DW&
±
±
±
(b)Outdoor unit fan motor check procedure
:KHQWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIDQPRWRUHUURULVGHWHFWHGGLDJQRVHZKLFKRIWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIDQPRWRURURXWGRRU3&%LVGHIHFWLYH
'LDJQRVHWKLVRQO\DIWHUFRQ¿UPLQJWKDWWKHLQGRRUXQLWLVQRUPDO
2XWGRRU3&%RXWSXWFKHFN
7XUQRIIWKHSRZHU
'LVFRQQHFWWKHRXWGRRUXQLWIDQPRWRUFRQQHFWRU&1)$1
:KHQ WKHLQGRRUXQLWLV RSHUDWHGE\LQVHUWLQJWKH SRZHUVXSSO\SOXJDQG SUHVVLQJ 21WKHEDFNXS VZLWFK IRUPRUHWKDQ
VHFRQGVLIWKH YROWDJH RI SLQ 1R②LQWKH IROORZLQJ ¿JXUH LV RXWSXWIRUVHFRQGVDW VHFRQGV DIWHU WXUQLQJ ³21´ WKH
EDFNXSVZLWFKWKHRXWGRRU3&%LVQRUPDOEXWWKHIDQPRWRULVGHIHFWLYH
,IWKHYROWDJHLVQRWGHWHFWHGWKHRXWGRRU3&%LVGHIHFWLYHEXWWKHIDQPRWRULVQRUPDO
1RWH7KHYROWDJHLVRXWSXWWLPHVUHSHDWHGO\,ILWLVQRWGHWHFWHGWKHLQGRRUXQLWGLVSOD\VWKHHUURUPHVVDJH
2) Fan motor resistance check
1RWHV5HPRYHWKHIDQPRWRUDQGPHDVXUHLWZLWKRXWSRZHUFRQQHFWHGWRLW
1RWHV,IWKHPHDVXUHGYDOXHLVEHORZWKHYDOXHZKHQWKHPRWRULVQRUPDOLWPHDQV
WKDWWKHIDQPRWRULVIDXOW\
Measuring point Resistance when normal
⑥
−
④
5HG−%ODFN 0RUKLJKHU
③
−
④
:KLWH−%ODFN 0RUKLJKHU
Measuring
point
Resistance when
normal
⑥
−
④
'&a9
③
−
④
'&9
②
−
④
'&VHYHUDO9a9
①
−
④
'&VHYHUDO9a9
DC15V
DC several (4~7V)
Outdoor PCB
GND
(−）
DC308~336V
CNFAN
Red
Black
White
Yellow
Blue
①②③④⑤⑥
①②③④⑤⑥
FM0
-
74
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Installation manual for wired remote controller
Installation and wiring of remote controller
Wiring of remote controller should use 0.3mm
2
2 core wires or cables. (on-site configuration)
Maximum prolongation of remote controller wiring is 600 m.
100 - 200m
.........................
0.5mm
2
2 cores
Under 300m
.......................
0.75mm
2
2 cores
Under 400m
.......................
1.25mm
2
2 cores
Under 500m
.......................
2.0mm
2
2 cores
Master/ slave setting when more than one remote controllers are used
A maximum of two remote controllers can be connected to one indoor unit (or one group of indoor units.)
Remote controller cord (no polarity)
Remote controller
SW1 "Master"
Switch Setting Contents
M Master remote controller
SW1
S Slave remote controller
The indication when power source is supplied
When power source is turned on, the following is displayed on the remote controller until the
communication between the remote controller and indoor unit settled.
Master remote controller : " "
Slave remote controller : " "
At the same time, a mark or a number will be displayed for two seconds first.
This is the software's administration number of the remote controller, not an error cord.
When remote controller cannot communicate with the indoor unit for half an hour, the below indication will
appear.
Check wiring of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit etc.
Read together with indoor unit's installation manual.
Accessories Remote controller, wood screw (ø3.5 16) 2 pieces
Prepare on site Remote controller cord (2 cores) the insulated thickness in 1mm or more.
[In case of embedding cord] Erectrical box, M4 screw (2 pieces)
[In case of exposing cord] Cord clamp (if needed)
Screw
Installation procedure
Open the cover of remote controller , and remove the screw under the
buttons without fail.
Remove the upper case of remote controller.
Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the dented part of the upper part
of the remote controller, and wrench slightly.
[In case of embedding cord]
Embed the erectrical box and remote controller cord beforehand.
Prepare two M4 screws (recommended length is 12-16mm) on site, and install the lower case to erectrical box.
Choose either of the following two positions in fixing it with screws.
Connect the remote controller cord to the terminal block.
Connect the terminal of remote controller (X,Y) with the terminal of
indoor unit (X,Y). (X and Y are no polarity)
Install the upper case as before so as not to catch up the remote controller cord,
and tighten with the screws.
[In case of exposing cord]
You can pull out the remote controller cord from left upper part or center upper part.
Cut off the upper thin part of remote controller lower case with a nipper or knife,
and grind burrs with a file etc.
Install the lower case to the flat wall with attached two wooden screws.
Connect the remote controller cord to the
terminal block.
Connect the terminal of remote controller (X,Y)
with the terminal of indoor unit (X,Y).
(X and Y are no polarity)
Wiring route is as shown in the right diagram
depending on the pulling out direction.
The wiring inside the remote controller case should be within 0.3mm
2
(recommended) to 0.5mm
The sheath should be peeled off inside the remote controller case.
The peeling-off length of each wire is as below.
Pulling out from upper left
Pulling out from upper center
X wiring : 215mm
Y wiring : 195mm
X wiring : 170mm
Y wiring : 190mm
Install the upper case as before so as not to catch up the remote controller cord, and tighten with
the screws.
In case of exposing cord, fix the cord on the wall with cord clamp so as not to slack.
In case of pulling out from
upper left
In case of pulling out from
The peeling-off length
WARNING
CAUTION
Fasten the wiring to the terminal securely and hold the cable securely so as not to apply unexpected stress on the
terminal.
Loose connection or hold will cause abnormal heat generation or fire.
Make sure the power supply is turned off when electric wiring work.
Otherwise, electric shock, malfunction and improper running may occur.
DO NOT install the remote controller at the following places in order to avoid malfunction.
DO NOT leave the remote controller without the upper case.
(1) Places exposed to direct sunlight
(2) Places near heat devices
(3) High humidity places
In case the upper cace needs to be detached, protect the remote controller with a packaging box or bag in
order to keep it away from water and dust.
(4) Hot surface or cold surface enough to generate condensation
(5) Places exposed to oil mist or steam directly
(6) Uneven surface
Tighten the screws after
cutting off the thin part of
screw mounting part.
Controller cord
Erectrical box
(Prepare on site)
Lower part
Lower part
Upper part
Lower case Lower case
Wiring oulet
Wiring oulet
M4 screw 2 (Prepare on site)
The thin part
Wiring Wiring
Upper Upper
Sheath
Upper case
Board
Lower
If the prolongation is over 100m, change to the size below.
But, wiring in the remote controller case should be under 0.5mm
2
. Change the wire size outside
of the case according to wire connecting. Waterproof treatment is necessary at the wire
connecting section. Be careful about contact failure.
Remote controller
SW1 "Slave"
Master
Slave
Board
The left mark is only an
example. Other marks may
appear.
Upper part
Lower
Lower case
Upper
Lower
Lower case
Upper
Indoor units
Set SW1 to "Slave" for the slave remote controller. It was factory set to "Master" for shipment.
Note: The setting "Remote controller thermistor enabled" is only selectable with the master remote
controller in the position where you want to check room temperature.
The air conditioner operation follows the last operation of the remote controller regardless of the
master/ slave setting of it.
11. OPTION PARTS
11.1 Instullation of wired remote controller (RC-E4)
A
PJA012D729A
-
75
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Installation and wiring of remote controller
Wiring of remote controller should use 0.3mm
2
2 core wires or cables. (on-site configuration)
Maximum prolongation of remote controller wiring is 600 m.
100 - 200m
.........................
0.5mm
2
2 cores
Under 300m
.......................
0.75mm
2
2 cores
Under 400m
.......................
1.25mm
2
2 cores
Under 500m
.......................
2.0mm
2
2 cores
Master/ slave setting when more than one remote controllers are used
A maximum of two remote controllers can be connected to one indoor unit (or one group of indoor units.)
Remote controller cord (no polarity)
Remote controller
SW1 "Master"
Switch Setting Contents
M Master remote controller
SW1
S Slave remote controller
The indication when power source is supplied
When power source is turned on, the following is displayed on the remote controller until the
communication between the remote controller and indoor unit settled.
Master remote controller : " "
Slave remote controller : " "
At the same time, a mark or a number will be displayed for two seconds first.
This is the software's administration number of the remote controller, not an error cord.
The range of temperature setting
When shipped, the range of set temperature differs depending on the operation mode as below.
Heating : 16~30˚C (55~86˚F)
Except heating (cooling, fan, dry, automatic) : 18~30˚C (62~86˚F)
Upper limit and lower limit of set temperature can be changed with remote controller.
Upper limit setting: valid during heating operation. Possible to set in the range of 20 to 30˚C (68
Lower limit setting: valid except heating (automatic, cooling, fan, dry) Possible to set in the range of 18 to 26˚C (62
79˚F).
When you set upper and lower limit by this function, control as below.
1. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "INDN CHANGE" (factory setting),
During heating, you cannot set the value exceeding the upper limit.
During operation mode except heating, you cannot set the value below the lower limit.
2. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "NO INDN CHANGE"
During heating, even if the value exceeding the upper limit is set, upper limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
During except heating, even if the value lower than the lower limit is set, lower limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
How to set upper and lower limit value
1. Stop the air-conditioner, and press (SET) and (MODE) button at the same time for over three
seconds .
The indication changes to "FUNCTION SET ".
2. Press button once, and change to the "TEMP RANGE " indication.
3. Press (SET) button, and enter the temperature range setting mode.
4. Select "UPPER LIMIT " or "LOWER LIMIT " by using button.
5. Press (SET) button to fix.
6. When "UPPER LIMIT " is selected (valid during heating)
Press (SET) button to fix. Indication example: "UPPER 26˚C" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed upper limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "UPPER LIMIT ".
7. When "LOWER LIMIT " is selected (valid during cooling, dry, fan, automatic)
Indication: " SET UP" "LOWER 18˚C "
8. Press ON/OFF button to finish.
When remote controller cannot communicate with the indoor unit for half an hour, the below indication will
appear.
Check wiring of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit etc.
Connect the remote controller cord to the
terminal block.
Connect the terminal of remote controller (X,Y)
with the terminal of indoor unit (X,Y).
(X and Y are no polarity)
Wiring route is as shown in the right diagram
depending on the pulling out direction.
The wiring inside the remote controller case should be within 0.3mm
2
(recommended) to 0.5mm2.
The sheath should be peeled off inside the remote controller case.
The peeling-off length of each wire is as below.
Pulling out from upper left
Pulling out from upper center
X wiring : 215mm
Y wiring : 195mm
X wiring : 170mm
Y wiring : 190mm
Install the upper case as before so as not to catch up the remote controller cord, and tighten with
the screws.
In case of exposing cord, fix the cord on the wall with cord clamp so as not to slack.
In case of pulling out from
upper left
In case of pulling out from
upper center
The peeling-off length
of sheath
Wiring Wiring
Upper Upper
Sheath
Upper case
Upper case
Board
Board
Lower
Lower
If the prolongation is over 100m, change to the size below.
But, wiring in the remote controller case should be under 0.5mm
2
. Change the wire size outside
of the case according to wire connecting. Waterproof treatment is necessary at the wire
connecting section. Be careful about contact failure.
Remote controller
SW1 "Slave"
Lower
Master
Slave
Upper
Board
The left mark is only an
example. Other marks may
appear.
Previous button
Sheath
If upper limit value is set
If upper limit value is set
If lower limit value is set
If lower limit value is set
Indication: " SET UP" "UPPER 30˚C "
Select the upper limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "UPPER 26˚C "
(blinking)
Select the lower limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "LOWER 24˚C "
(blinking)
Press (SET) button to fix. Indication for example: "LOWER 24˚C" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed lower limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "LOWER LIMIT ".
It is possible to finish by pressing
ON/OFF button on the way, but
unfinished change of setting is
unavailable.
During setting, if you press
(RESET) button, you return to the
previous screen.
Indoor units
Set SW1 to "Slave" for the slave remote controller. It was factory set to "Master" for shipment.
Note: The setting "Remote controller thermistor enabled" is only selectable with the master remote
controller in the position where you want to check room temperature.
The air conditioner operation follows the last operation of the remote controller regardless of the
master/ slave setting of it.
600
-
76
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
The range of temperature setting
When shipped, the range of set temperature differs depending on the operation mode as below.
Heating : 16~30˚C (55~86˚F)
Except heating (cooling, fan, dry, automatic) : 18~30˚C (62~86˚F)
Upper limit and lower limit of set temperature can be changed with remote controller.
Upper limit setting: valid during heating operation. Possible to set in the range of 20 to 30˚C (68
to
86˚F).
Lower limit setting: valid except heating (automatic, cooling, fan, dry) Possible to set in the range of 18 to 26˚C (62
to
79˚F).
When you set upper and lower limit by this function, control as below.
1. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "INDN CHANGE" (factory setting),
During heating, you cannot set the value exceeding the upper limit.
During operation mode except heating, you cannot set the value below the lower limit.
2. When TEMP RANGE SET, remote controller function of function setting mode is "NO INDN CHANGE"
During heating, even if the value exceeding the upper limit is set, upper limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
During except heating, even if the value lower than the lower limit is set, lower limit value will be sent to the indoor unit.
But, the indication is the same as the temperature set.
How to set upper and lower limit value
1. Stop the air-conditioner, and press (SET) and (MODE) button at the same time for over three
seconds .
The indication changes to "FUNCTION SET ".
2. Press button once, and change to the "TEMP RANGE " indication.
3. Press (SET) button, and enter the temperature range setting mode.
4. Select "UPPER LIMIT " or "LOWER LIMIT " by using button.
5. Press (SET) button to fix.
6. When "UPPER LIMIT " is selected (valid during heating)
Press (SET) button to fix. Indication example: "UPPER 26˚C" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed upper limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "UPPER LIMIT ".
7. When "LOWER LIMIT " is selected (valid during cooling, dry, fan, automatic)
Indication: " SET UP" "LOWER 18˚C "
8. Press ON/OFF button to finish.
P J A 01 2 D 72 9 A
Previous button
If upper limit value is set
If upper limit value is set
If lower limit value is set
If lower limit value is set
Indication: " SET UP" "UPPER 30˚C "
Select the upper limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "UPPER 26˚C "
(blinking)
Select the lower limit value with temperature setting button . Indication example: "LOWER 24˚C "
(blinking)
Press (SET) button to fix. Indication for example: "LOWER 24˚C" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed lower limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will return to "LOWER LIMIT ".
It is possible to finish by pressing
ON/OFF button on the way, but
unfinished change of setting is
unavailable.
During setting, if you press
(RESET) button, you return to the
previous screen.
-
77
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
[Flow of function setting]
01
When you use at 50Hz area
When you use at 60Hz area
Automatical operation is impossible
Temperature setting button is not working
02
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Consult the technical data etc. for each control details
Finalize : Press “ ” (SET) button.
Reset : Press “ ” (RESET) button.
Select : Press button.
End : Press
ON/OFF
button.
It is possible to finish above setting on the way,
and unfinished change of setting is unavailable.
“ ” : Initial settings
“ ” : Automatic criterion
Record and keep the
setting
Stop air-conditioner and press
(SET) + (MODE) buttons
at the same time for over three seconds.
Function
setting
Mode button is not working
On/Off button is not working
Fan speed button is not working
Louver button is not working
Timer button is not working
Remote thermistor is not working.
Remote thermistor is working.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing +3.0˚C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing +2.0˚C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing +1.0˚C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing -1.0˚C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing -2.0˚C increase in temperature.
Remote thermistor is working, and to be set for producing -3.0˚C increase in temperature.
If you change the range of set temperature, the indication of set temperature
will vary following the control.
If you change the range of set temperature, the indication of set temperature
will not vary following the control, and keep the set temperature.
If you change the remote controller function "14 ",
you must change the indoor function "04 " accordingly.
You can select the louver stop position in the four.
The louver can stop at any position.
In normal working indication, indoor unit temperature is indicated instead of airflow.
(Only the master remote controller can be indicated.)
Heating preparation indication should not be indicated.
Temperature indication is by degree C
Temperature indication is by degree F
ON/OFF button
(finished)
Start : Stop air-conditioner and press “ ” (SET) and
“ ” (MODE) buttons at the same time for over three seconds.
)noitcnuf rellortnoc etomeR(
In case of Single split series, by connecting ventilation device to CNT of the
indoor printed circuit board (in case of VRF series, by connecting it to CND of the
indoor printed circuit board), the operation of ventilation device is linked with the
operation of indoor unit.
In case of Single split series, by connecting ventilation device to CNT of the indoor printed
circuit board (in case of VRF series, by connecting it to CND of the indoor printed circuit
board), you can operate /stop the ventilation device independently by (VENT) button.
The initial function setting for typical using is performed automatically by the indoor unit connected, when remote
controller and indoor unit are connected.
As long as they are used in a typical manner, there wiil be no need to change the initial settings.
If you would like to change the initial setting marked “ ”, set your desired setting as for the selected item.
The procedure of functional setting is shown as the following diagram.
If you input signal into CNT of the indoor printed circuit board from external, the
indoor unit will be operated independently according to the input from external.
If you input into CNT of the indoor printed circuit board from external, all units which
connect to the same remote controller are operated according to the input from external.
Airflow of fan becomes of - - or the four speed of - - - .
Airflow of fan becomes of - .
Airflow of fan becomes of - .
Airflow of fan is fixed at one speed.
The functional setting
-
78
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Note 1: The initial setting marked “ ” is decided by connected indoor and outdoor unit, and is automatically defined as following table.
Function No.
Remote controller
function02
Remote controller
function06
Remote controller
function07
Remote controller
function13
Remote controller
function15
Default Model
Indoor unit with only one of air flow setting
Heat pump unit
Exclusive cooling unit
"Auto-RUN" mode selectable indoor unit.
Indoor unit without "Auto-RUN" mode
Indoor unit with two or three step of air flow setting
Indoor unit with only one of air flow setting
Indoor unit with automatically swing louver
Indoor unit without automatically swing louver
Indoor unit with three step of air flow setting
Indoor unit with two step of air flow setting
Item
Note 3: As for plural indoor unit, set indoor functions to each master and slave indoor unit.
But only master indoor unit is received the setting change of indoor unit function “05 EXTERNAL INPUT” and “06 PERMISSION /
PROHIBISHION”.
Indoor unit No. are indicated only when
plural indoor units are connected.
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Permission/prohibition control of operation will be valid.
Function
setting
The filter sign is indicated after running for 180 hours.
The filter sign is indicated after running for 600 hours.
The filter sign is indicated after running for 1000 hours.
The filter sign is indicated after running for 1000 hours, then the indoor unit will be stopped by
compulsion after 24 hours.
If you change the indoor function "04 ",
you must change the remote controller function "14 " accordingly.
You can select the louver stop position in the four.
The louver can stop at any position.
With the VRF series, it is used to stop all indoor units connected with the same outdoor unit immediately.
When stop signal is inputed from remote on-off terminal "CNT-6", all indoor units are stopped immediately.
To be reset for producing +3.0˚C increase in temperature during heating.
To be reset for producing +2.0˚C increase in temperature during heating.
To be reset for producing +1.0˚C increase in temperature during heating.
To be reset producing +2.0˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing +1.5˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing +1.0˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing -1.0˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing -1.5˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
To be reset producing -2.0˚C increase in return air temperature of indoor unit.
When heating thermostat is OFF, to be operated with low fan speed. (or with ultra low fan speed in case of some models)
When heating thermostat is OFF, to be operated with set fan speed.
When heating thermostat is OFF, fan speed is operated intermittently.
When heating thermostat is OFF, the fan is stopped.
When the remote thermistor is working, "FAN OFF" is set automatically.
Do not set "FAN OFF" when the indoor unit's thermistor is working.
Drain pump is run during cooling and dry.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry and heating.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry, heating and fan.
Drain pump is run during cooling, dry and fan.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for half an hour.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for an hour.
After cooling is stopped or cooling thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan does not perform extra operation.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF,the fan perform extra operation for half an hour.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF,the fan perform extra operation for two hours.
After heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform extra operation for six hours.
During heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five minutes
with low fan speed after twenty minutes' OFF.
During heating is stopped or heating thermostat is OFF, the fan perform intermittent operation for five minutes
with low fan speed after five minutes' OFF.
Connected “OA Processing” type indoor unit, and is automatically defined.
Working only with the Single split series.
To control frost prevention, the indoor fan tap is raised.
Change of indoor heat exchanger temperature to start frost prevention control.
)noitcnuf tinu roodnI(
16
17
Note2: Fan setting of "HIGH SPEED"
Initial function setting of some indoor unit is "HIGH SPEED".
4 speed is not able to be set with wireless remote controller or simple remote controller (RCH-H3).
PHi - Hi PHi - MePHi - Hi - Me
STANDARD
HIGH
SPEED1, 2
FAN
SPEED
SET
Hi - Lo Hi - Me
--- -- --
Hi - Me - Lo
PHi - PHi - Hi - Me
PHi - Hi - Me - Lo
Indoor unit air flow setting
Fan tap
-
79
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Press or button.
Make sure which do you want to set, " FUNCTION "
(remote controller function) or "I/U FUNCTION " (indoor
unit function).
How to set function
2.
1.
3.
4.
5.
It is possible to finish by pressing
ON/OFF
button on the way, but unfinished change of setting is
unavailable.
During setting, if you press (RESET) button, you return to the previous screen.
Setting is memorized in the controller and it is saved independently of power failure.
How to check the current setting
When you select from "No. and funcion" and press set button by the previous operation, the "Setting" displayed first is the current
setting.
(But, if you select "ALL UNIT ", the setting of the lowest number indoor unit is displayed.)
Stop air-conditioner and press (SET) (MODE)
buttons at the same time for over three seconds, and the
"FUNCTION SET " will be displayed.
Press (SET) button.
Selecct " FUNCTION " (remote controller function) or "I/U
FUNCTION " (indoor unit function).
Operation message
Function description: ,
setting description:
Function No.
Fixing button
Finishing button
7
2
1
6
Starting button
Previous screen buttonIndoor unit selection button
Press (SET) button.
6.
"DATA LOADING" (Indication with blinking)
Display is changed to "01 GRILLE SET".
7.
"DATA LOADING" (Blinking for 2 to 23 seconds to read the data)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Press (SET) button.
On the occasion of remote controller function selection On the occasion of indoor unit function selection
Press or button.
"No. and function"are indicated by turns on the remote
controller function table, then you can select from them.
(For example)
Press or button.
Select the setting.
Press or button.
Select the setting.
The current setting of selected function is indicated.
(for example) "AUTO RUN ON" If "02 AUTO RUN SET" is
selected
Press (SET) button.
Press (SET) button.
Press or button.
Press or button.
Select the number of the indoor unit you are to set
If you select "ALL UNIT ", you can set the same setting with
all unites.
Press (SET)
"SET COMPLETE" will be indicated, and the setting will be
completed.
Then after "No. and function" indication returns, Set as the
same procedure if you want to set continuously ,and if to
finish, go to 7.
Press ON/OFF button.
Setting is finished.
Indication is changed to "02 FAN SPEED SET".
Go to .
[Note]
If plural indoor units are connected to a remote controller,
the indication is "I/U 000" (blinking) The lowest number of
the indoor unit connected is indicated.
"No. and function" are indicated by turns on the indoor unit function
table, then you can select from them.
(For example)
The current setting of selected function is indicated.
(For example) "STANDARD" If "02 FAN SPEED SET" is
selected.
Press (SET) button.
"SET COMPLETE" will be indicated, and the setting will be
completed.
Then after "No. and function" indication returns, set as the same
procedure if you want to set continuously , and if to finish, go to 7.
Setting
Function No.
Function
When plural indoor units are connected to a remote controller,
press the AIRCON NO. button, which allows you to go back to
the indoor unit selection screen. (example "I/U 000 ")
Function No.
Function
Setting
P J A 01 2 D 72 9 A
-
80
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
11.2 Interface kit (SC-BIKN-E)
Connecting the indoor unit's connection cable to the interface
①Remove
the upper
case
②Connect the indoor unit's
connection cable
③ Fix the cable with the
cable clamp
Name of each part of the interface
Terminal for indoor unit's
connection cable
Terminal block for wired
remote controller*
CNT terminal
Clamp for clamping the connection
cable for wired remote controller*
ROM terminal
Wiring inlet
(top or back)
DIP switch (SW2) : [Factory setting : all ON]
DIP switch (SW3) : [Factory setting : all OFF]
Rotary switch (SW1) for address setting
Terminal block for super link E board (SC-ANDA-E)*
Clamp for clamping the connection cable for
super link E board (SC-ANDA-E)*
*Either the connection cables of super link E board (SC-ANDA-E) or of wired remote controller is connectable.
Accessories included in package
Be sure to check all the accessories included in package.
Part name
Quantity
No.
●Installation must be carried out by a qualified installer.
If you install it by yourself, it may cause an electric shock, fire and personal injury , as a result of a system malfunction.
●Install it in full accordance with the instruction manual.
Incorrect installation may cause an electric shock, fire and personal injury.
●Electrical work must be carried out by a qualified electrician in accordance with the technical standard for electrical equipment, the
indoor wiring standard and this instruction manual.
Incorrect installation may cause an electric shock, fire and personal injury.
●Use the specific cables for wiring. And connect all the cables to terminals or connectors securely and clamp them with cable clamps in
order for external forces not to be transmitted to the terminals directly.
Incomplete connection may cause malfunction, and lead to heat generation and fire.
●Use the original accessories and specified components for installation.
If the parts other than those prescribed by us are used, it may cause an electric shock, fire and sersonal injury.
Warnings
Warning
Always go along these instruction.
Safety precautions
Before use, please read these Safety Precautions thoroughly
before installation.
●All the cautionary items mentioned below are important safety related items to be taken
into consideration, so be sure to observe them at all times.
Incorrect installation could lead to serious consequences such as death, major
injury or envirommental destruction.
●Symbols used in these precautions
●
After completed installation, carry out trial operation to confirm no anomaly, and ask the
user to keep this installation manual in a good place for future reference.
Indoor unit's connection cable (cable length: 1.8m)
Wood screws (for mounting the interface: ø4x 25)
Tapping screws (for the cable clump and the interface mounting bracket)
Interface mounting bracket
Cable clamp (for the indoor unit's connection cable)
1
2
3
1
1
①
②
③
④
⑤
RKZ012A088
Interface board
Clamp for clamping indoor
unit's connection cable
Switch
SW2-1
SW2-2
Setting
ON**
OFF
ON**
OFF
Function
CNT level input
CNT Pulse input
Wired remote controller : Valid
Wired remote controller : Invalid
Switch
SW2-3
SW2-4
Setting
ON**
OFF
ON**
OFF
Function
External input (CNT input)
Operation permission/prohibition (CNT input)
Heat pump
Cooling only
** Factory setting
a
①Remove the upper case of the interface.
• Remove 2 screws from the interface casing before removal of upper casing.
②Connect the indoor unit's connection cable to the interface.
• Connect the connector of the indoor unit connection cable to the
connector on the interface’s circuit board.
③Fix the indoor unit's connection cable with the cable clamp.
• Cable can be brought in from the top or from the back.
• Cut out the punch-outs for the connection cables running into the casing with cutter.
④Connect the indoor unit's connection cable to the indoor control PCB.
• Connect the indoor unit's connection cable to the indoor control PCB securely.
• Clamp the connection cable to the indoor control box securely with the cable clamp
provided as an accessory.
• Regarding the cable connection to the indoor unit, refer to the instruction manual for
indoor unit.
-
81
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
DO NOT install the interface and wired remote controller at the
following places.
○Places exposed to direct sunlight
○Places near heating devices
○High humidity places
○Surfaces where are enough hot or cold to generate condensation
○Places exposed to oil mist or steam directly
①Mount the lower casing of the interface on a flat surface with wood
screws provided as standard accessory.
②Mount the upper casing.
○Uneven surface
① Mount it on a wall or a pillar
with 2 of wood screws
②Mount it to the electrical box
with 2 of M4 screws
(procured locally)
②Mount the
upper casing
③Mount the upper casing
Electrical box
(procured locally)
Connection cable
Wiring inlet
Wiring inlet
Installation check items
Mounting the interface with the mounting bracket
Mounting the interface directly on a wall
Recessing the interface in the wall
・Install the interface within the range of the connection cable length
(approximately 1.3m) from the indoor unit.
・Be sure not to extend the connection cable on site. If the connection
cable is extended, malfunction may occur.
・Fix the interface on the wall, pillar or the like.
Cut out the punch-outs
for the connection cables
running into the casing
with cutter
①Recess the electrical box (locally procured) and
connection cables in the wall.
②Mount the lower casing of the interface to the
electrical box with M4 screws (locally procured).
③Mount the upper casing.
①Mount the mounting bracket to the interface with tapping
screws provided as standard accessory.
②Mount the mounting bracket on wall or the like with wood
screws provided as standard accessory.
③Mount the mounting bracket to a wall surface, etc.
using the wood screws provided.
□ Are the connection cables connected securely to the terminal blocks and connectors?
□ Are the thickness and length of the connection cables conformed with the standard?
Installation of the interface
①Recess the electrical
box and connection cables
②Mount the mounting
bracket on the interface
with 2 of tapping screws
③Mount the bracket on
a wall or a pillar with
2 of wood screws
-
82
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
Names of recommended signal wires
Terminal
block for
Super link
E board
Terminal
block for
iterface
Y
X
Y
X
DIP switch
(SW2-2)
●XR1~4 are for the DC 12V relay
●XR5 is a DC 12/24V or AC 220~240V relay
●CNT connector (local) maker, model
Connector Molex 5264-06
Molex 5263TTerminals
DIP switch
(SW2-3)
DIP switch
(SW2-1)
CNT
connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
XR
1
XR
2
XR
3
XR
4
XR
5
XR
5
XR1
XR2
XR3
XR4
Output 1
Common
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
[
Input
0.3 mm2(Keep the distance between the relay and the
CNT terminal within 2 m.)
Operation output
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Input/
Output
ContentFunction
Relay ON/OFF
Output signal
Heating output
Compressor operation output
Malfunction output
XR
1
During air-conditioner operation
XR
2
During heating operation
XR
3
During compressor running
XR
4
ON
ON
ON
ON During anomalous stop
Input
Input/
Output
Operation by
Remote Controller
AirConditioner
Function
Setting Setting Content
SW2-1 SW2-3
Input signal
Level/Pulse
XR
5
OFF→ON
ON→OFF
OFF→ON
ON→OFF
OFF→ON
OFF→ON
ON→OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF→ON
ON→OFF
ON
OFF
Allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not allowed
External input
Operation permission
Operation prohibition
External input
Operation permission
Operation prohibition
External
control
input
ON* Level input
OFF
ON*
OFF
ON*
OFF
Pulse input
Level
Level
Pulse
Shielded wire
Vinyl cabtyre round cord
Vinyl cabtyre round cable
Vinyl insulated wirevinyl sheathed cable for control
It is available to operate the air conditioning unit and to monitor the operation status with the external control unit (remote display)
by sending the input/output signal through CNT connector on the indoor control PCB.
①Connect a external remote control unit (locally procured)
to CNT terminal.
②In case of the pulse input, switch OFF the DIP switch
SW2-1 on the interface PCB.
③When setting operation permission/prohibition mode,
switch OFF the DIP switch SW2-3 on the interface PCB.
Connection of super link E board
Functions of CNT connector
①Switch ON the DIP switch SW2-2 (Factory setting: ON) on the interface PCB.
②Wiring connection between the interface and the super link E board.
③Clamp the connection cables with cable clamps.
Regarding the connection of super link E board, refer to the instruction manual of super link E board.
For electrical work, power supply for all of units in the super link system
must be turned OFF.
AC 220~240V
Caution:Wireless remote controller attached to the indoor unit can be used in parallel, after
connecting the wired remote controller. However, some of functions other than
the basic functions such as RUN/STOP, Temperature Setting, etc. may not work
properly and may have a mismatch between the display and the actual behavior.
No.
1
2
3
4
Within 200 m 0.5 mm2s 2 cores
Within 300 m 0.75 mm2s 2 cores
Within 400 m 1.25 mm2s 2 cores
Within 600 m 2.0 mm2s 2 cores
Power supply
DC 12/24V or
AC 220~240V
* Factory setting
Interface side Super link E board
-
83
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
How to set upper and lower limit of temperature sting range
1. Stop the air-conditioner, and press (SET) and (MODE) button at the same time for
3 seconds or more.
The indication changes to"FUNCTION SET "
2. Press button once, and change to the "TEMP RANGE " indication.
3. Press (SET) button, and enter the temperature range setting mode.
4. Confirm that the "Upper limit " is shown on the display.
5. Press (SET)button to fix.
6. ①Indication: " SET UP" "UPPER 28℃ "
②Select the upper limit value 30℃ with temperature setting button ."UPPER30℃ "
(blinking)
③Press (SET) button to fix. "UPPER 30℃" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed upper limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will returm
to"UPPER LIMIT ".
7. Press button once, "LOWER LIMIT " is selected, press (SET) button to fix.
①Indication: " SET UP" "LOWER 20℃ "
②Select the lower limit value 18℃ with temperature setting button ."LOWER18℃ "
(blinking)
③Press (SET) button to fix. "LOWER 18℃" (Displayed for two seconds)
After the fixed lower limit value displayed for two seconds, the indication will returm
to"LOWER LIMIT "
8. Press ON/OFF button to finish.
Connection of wired remote controller
Interface kit(1)
Interface kit(2)
Interface kit(16)
DIP suitch
(SW2-2)
Rotary
switch
Remote controller line (no polarity)
Remote controller line
(no polarity)
Regarding the connection of wired remote controller, refer to the instruction manual of wired remote controller.
①Switch ON the DIP switch SW2-2 (Factory setting : ON) on the interface PCB.
Caution:
Wireless remote controller attached to the indoor unit can be used in parallel, after connecting the wired remote controller. However,
some of functions other than the basic functions such as RUN/STOP, Temperature Setting, etc. may not work properly and may have
a mismatch between the display and the actual behavior.
②Wiring connection between the interface and the wired remote controller.
●When using the wireless remote controller in parallel with the wired remote controller;
Temperature setting range should be changed with the wired remote controller (The set temperature may not be displayed correctly on the
wireless remote controller, unless change of temperature setting range is done.)
Changing procedure of temperature setting range is as follows.
③Clamp the connection cables with cable clamps.
Installation and wiring of wired remote controller
A Install the wired remote controller with reference to the attached instruction manual of wired remote controller.
B 0.3mm
2
x 2-core cable should be used for the wiring of wired remote controller.
C Maximum length of wiring is 600m.
If the length of wiring exceeds 100m, change the size of cable as mentioned below.
100m-200m: 0.5mm
2
x 2-core, 300m or less: 0.75mm2x 2-core, 400m or less: 1.25mm2x 2-core, 600m or less: 2.0mm2x 2-core
However, cable size connecting to the terminal of wired remote controller should not exceed 0.5mm2. Accordingly if the size of connection
cable exceeds 0.5mm2, be sure to downsize it to 0.5mm2 at the nearest section of the wired remote controller and waterproof treatment should
be done at the connecting section in order to avoid contact failure.
D Don't use the multi-core cable to avoid malfunction.
E Keep the wiring of wired remote controller away from grounding (Don't touch it to any metal frame of building, etc.).
F Connect the connection cables to the terminal blocks of the wired remote controller and the interface securely (no polarity).
Control of multiple units by a single wired remote controller
Multiple units (up to 16) can be controlled by a single wired remote controller.
In this case, all units connected with a single wired remote controller will operate
under the same mode and same setting temperature.
①Connect all the interface with 2-core cables of wired remote controller line.
②Set the address of indoor unit for remote controller communication from
"0" to "F" with the rotary switch SW1 on the interface PCB.
③After turning the power ON, the address of indoor unit can be displayed by
pressing AIR CON button on the wired remote controller.
Make sure all indoor units connected are displayed in order by pressing
or button.
Master/Slave setting wired when 2 of wired remote controller are used
Maximum two wired remote controller can be connected to one indoor unit
(or one group of indoor units)
①Set the DIP switch SW1 on the wired remote controller to "Slave" for the slave
remote controller. (Factory setting : Master)
○ Caution : Remote controller sensor is invalid.
Remote controller
Adress"0"
Adress"1"
Adress"F"
Remote
controller
"Master"
Remote
controller
"Slave"
Switch setting contents
M
Master
remote controller
Slave
remote controller
Wired remote
controller: SW1
S
Interface kit
6-②
7-②
8
2
Previous button
•
It is possible to quit in the middle by
pressing ON/OFF button, but the
change of setting is incompleted.
•
During setting, if pressing
(RESET) button, it returns to the
previous screen.
CHECK TEST
AIRCONNO.
LOUVER
VENTI
FAN SPEED
SET
RESET
TIEMR
GRILL
MODE
TEMP ON/OFF
1
3•5•6-③
7-③
TEMP RANGE
Temperature setting range
Mode
Heating
Other than heating
(Cooling, Fan, Dry, Auto)
Temperature setting range
16-30℃
18-30℃
Upper limit Lower limit
20-30℃ 16-26℃
-
84
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
11.3 Super link E board (SC-ADNA-E)
F
SL2NA- E, and SL3N-AE /BE to control
-
85
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
-
86
-
'11 • SRK-T-118
-
87
-
PARTS LIST
INDOOR UNI
T
DXK09ZJ-S , DXK12ZJ-S, DXK18ZJ-
S
OUTDOOR UNIT
DXC09ZJ-S , DXC12ZJ-S, DXC18ZJ-
S
-
88
-
CRAE0221
30
35
5
7
28
8
26
25
32
29
36
34
6
18
18
17
19
24
23
22
21
20
19
16
14
12
15
15
15
11
13
9
10
6
3
2
4
35
4
31
27
33
1
PANEL & FAN ASSY
-
89
-
DXK09ZJ-S
END ITEM NO. : RWA002F066BF
Recommendable Purchased Q'ty
10 30 50 100 500 1000
1～7 RLA102A002J PANEL ASSY,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
1 RLA122A001B PANEL,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
2 RLA435A003 PANEL,AIR INLET 1 1 1 2 3
3 RLA437A001 FILTER,AIR 2 2 2 4 8 W315.5×H330.7(t2)
4 RLA129A017 CAP 2 1 1 1 2
5 RLA133A001 PLATE,ORNAMENT 1 1 1 1 2
6 RKX129A014 HOLDER,FILTER 2 1 1 1 2
7 RLA011G001B LABEL,WIRING 1
8～26 RLA435A001K GRILLE ASSY,AIR OUT 1 1 1 2 3
8 RLA435A002 GRILLE,AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 2 3
9 RLA436A001 FLAP(A) 1 1 1 2 2 UPPER
10 RLA436A002 FLAP(B) 1 1 1 2 2 LOWER
11・12 RLA436A003 LOUVER ASSY(R) 1 1 1 2 2
11 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
12 RLA129A008 PLATE,CONNECTING(R) 1 1 1 1 2
13・14 RLA436A004 LOUVER ASSY(L) 1 1 1 2 2
13 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
14 RLA129A009 PLATE,CONNECTING(L) 1 1 1 1 2
15 RKW935C200 COLLAR 6
16 RLA129A013 BRACKET,MOTOR(L) 1 1 1 1 2
17 RLA129A014 BRACKET,MOTOR(R) 1 1 1 1 2
18 RKY144A004 CRANK(C) 2 1 1 1 2
19 SSA512T096 MOTOR,STEPPING 2 1 1 1 2
20・21 RLA129A018 BOX ASSY,GEAR 1 1 1 1 2
21 SSA512T049 MOTOR,STEPPING 1
1 1 1 2
22 RKS504A100M HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR FLAP MOTOR
23 RKS504A100N HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(LEFT)
24 RKS504A100P HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(RIGHT)
25 SSA423A102 HOSE,DRAIN 1
26 SSA326A047 PLUG 1
27 RLA111A001A BASE ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
28 RLA129A001 CASE,MOTOR(U) 1
1 1 1 2
29 RLA129A002 CASE,MOTOR(L) 1
1 1 1 2
30 SSA923C069 BEARING,PLANE 1
1 1 1 2
31 SSA431G049A IMPELLER 1 1 1 2 4
32 SSA512T081B MOTOR,DC 1
1 1 1 2
33 RLA032A001 PLATE,INSTALLATION 1
1 1 1 2
34 RLA129A003 COVER(PIPE) 1
1 1 1 2
35 SSA913A007 SCREW,TAP 2 4×14
36 RLA132A001A LID 1 1 1 2 4
NoteNo. Part No. Part Name RE.Q
-
90
-
CRAE0222
26
20
1
21
28
17
11
12
22
23
25
13
24
24
2
14
15
19
18
16
9
6
10
27
29
31
30
4
5
7
8
3
HEAT EXCH. & CONTROL
-
91
-
DXK09ZJ-S
END ITEM NO. : RWA002F066BF
Recommendable Purchased Q'ty
10 30 50 100 500 1000
1～8 RLA301A013 HEAT EXCH ASSY(AIR) 1 1 1 1 2
2 RLA129A004 BRACKET(L) 1 1 1 1 2
3 RLA315D004 HEADER ASSY 1
4 RLA321A058 PIPE 1
5～7 RLA321A001 PIPE ASSY 1
6 SSA323F088 UNION(SLD) 1 FOR GAS
7 SSA323F088A UNION(SLD) 1 FOR LIQ.
8 RLA129A005A PLATE,BAFFLE 1
9・10 RLA142A005 BOX ASSY,CONTROL(R) 1
9 RLA142A003 BOX,CONTROL(R) 1
10 RLA132A003 COVER,CONTROL(R) 1
11・12 RLA142A006 BOX ASSY,CONTROL(L) 1
11 RLA142A004 BOX,CONTROL(L) 1
12 RLA132A004 COVER,CONTROL(L) 1
13 RLA129A022 COVER,BEND 1
14 SSA551A223F SENSOR ASSY 1 1 1 2 4
15 SSA561B702B BLOCK,TERMINAL 1 1 1 2 2 T1
16 SSA554D183 KILLER,NOISE 1
17～19 RLA505A001BN PWB ASSY 1 2 2 4 8
18 SSA555B050C VARISTOR 1 1 1 1 2 Z1
19 SSA564A132 FUSE(CURRENT) 1 1 1 1 2 F1 3.15A
20 RLA503A001 DISPLAY ASSY 1 1 1 2 4
21 RLA505A003 PWB ASSY(DISPLAY) 1 2 2 4 8
22・23 RLA132A008 LID ASSY,CONTROL 1
22 RLA132A007 LID,CONTROL 1
23 RLA132A005 COVER,LID 1
24 RKJ941F001A SPRING,LEAF 2
25 RLA129A023 COVER ASSY(TB) 1
26 RLA008A004J PARTS,STANDARD 1
27 RKT437A005 FILTER,LIGHT CLEAN 1
28 RKT437A801A FILTER,CLEAN(BIO) 1
29 RLA012A013G MANUAL,INSTRUCTION 1
30 RKX502A001C CONTROL ASSY,REMOTE 1 2 3 5 10
31 RKN032A002C HOLDER(REMO-CON) 1 1 1 1 2
(32) RLA011F002AC LABEL,MODEL NAME 1
NoteNo. Part No. Part Name RE.Q
-
92
-
CRAE0221
30
35
5
7
28
8
26
25
32
29
36
34
6
18
18
17
19
24
23
22
21
20
19
16
14
12
15
15
15
11
13
9
10
6
3
2
4
35
4
31
27
33
1
PANEL & FAN ASSY
-
93
-
DXK12ZJ-S
END ITEM NO. : RWA002F066BG
Recommendable Purchased Q'ty
10 30 50 100 500 1000
1～7 RLA102A002J PANEL ASSY,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
1 RLA122A001B PANEL,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
2 RLA435A003 PANEL,AIR INLET 1 1 1 2 3
3 RLA437A001 FILTER,AIR 2 2 2 4 8
W315.5×H330.7(t2)
4 RLA129A017 CAP 2 1 1 1 2
5 RLA133A001 PLATE,ORNAMENT 1 1 1 1 2
6 RKX129A014 HOLDER,FILTER 2 1 1 1 2
7 RLA011G001B LABEL,WIRING 1
8～26 RLA435A001K GRILLE ASSY,AIR OUT 1 1 1 2 3
8 RLA435A002 GRILLE,AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 2 3
9 RLA436A001 FLAP(A) 1 1 1 2 2 UPPER
10 RLA436A002 FLAP(B) 1 1 1 2 2 LOWER
11・12 RLA436A003 LOUVER ASSY(R) 1 1 1 2 2
11 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
12 RLA129A008 PLATE,CONNECTING(R) 1 1 1 1 2
13・14 RLA436A004 LOUVER ASSY(L) 1 1 1 2 2
13 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
14 RLA129A009 PLATE,CONNECTING(L) 1 1 1 1 2
15 RKW935C200 COLLAR 6
16 RLA129A013 BRACKET,MOTOR(L) 1 1 1 1 2
17 RLA129A014 BRACKET,MOTOR(R) 1 1 1 1 2
18 RKY144A004 CRANK(C) 2 1 1 1 2
19 SSA512T096 MOTOR,STEPPING 2 1 1 1 2
20・21 RLA129A018 BOX ASSY,GEAR 1 1 1 1 2
21 SSA512T049 MOTOR,STEPPING 1
1 1 1 2
22 RKS504A100M HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR FLAP MOTOR
23 RKS504A100N HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(LEFT)
24 RKS504A100P HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(RIGHT)
25 SSA423A102 HOSE,DRAIN 1
26 SSA326A047 PLUG 1
27 RLA111A001A BASE ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
28 RLA129A001 CASE,MOTOR(U) 1
1 1 1 2
29 RLA129A002 CASE,MOTOR(L) 1
1 1 1 2
30 SSA923C069 BEARING,PLANE 1
1 1 1 2
31 SSA431G049A IMPELLER 1 1 1 2 4
32 SSA512T081B MOTOR,DC 1
1 1 1 2
33 RLA032A001 PLATE,INSTALLATION 1
1 1 1 2
34 RLA129A003 COVER(PIPE) 1
1 1 1 2
35 SSA913A007 SCREW,TAP 2 4×14
36 RLA132A001A LID 1 1 1 2 4
NoteNo. Part No. Part Name RE.Q
-
94
-
CRAE0223
27
21
22
29
17
11
12
23
24
26
13
20
25
25
2
14
15
19
18
16
9
6
10
28
30
32
31
4
5
7
8
3
1
HEAT EXCH. & CONTROL
-
95
-
DXK12ZJ-S
END ITEM NO. : RWA002F066BG
Recommendable Purchased Q'ty
10 30 50 100 500 1000
1～8 RLA301A013 HEAT EXCH ASSY(AIR) 1 1 1 1 2
2 RLA129A004 BRACKET(L) 1 1 1 1 2
3 RLA315D004 HEADER ASSY 1
4 RLA321A058 PIPE 1
5～7 RLA321A001 PIPE ASSY 1
6 SSA323F088 UNION(SLD) 1 FOR GAS
7 SSA323F088A UNION(SLD) 1 FOR LIQ.
8 RLA129A005A PLATE,BAFFLE 1
9・10 RLA142A005 BOX ASSY,CONTROL(R) 1
9 RLA142A003 BOX,CONTROL(R) 1
10 RLA132A003 COVER,CONTROL(R) 1
11・12 RLA142A006 BOX ASSY,CONTROL(L) 1
11 RLA142A004 BOX,CONTROL(L) 1
12 RLA132A004 COVER,CONTROL(L) 1
13 RLA129A022 COVER,BEND 1
14 SSA551A223F SENSOR ASSY 1 1 1 2 4
15 SSA561B702B BLOCK,TERMINAL 1 1 1 2 2 T1
16 SSA554D183 KILLER,NOISE 1
17～19 RLA505A001BP PWB ASSY 1 2 2 4 8
18 SSA555B050C VARISTOR 1 1 1 1 2 Z1
19 SSA564A132 FUSE(CURRENT) 1 1 1 1 2 F1 3.15A
20 SSA551B017A SENSOR(HUMIDITY) 1 1 1 2 4
21 RLA503A001 DISPLAY ASSY 1 1 1 2 4
22 RLA505A003 PWB ASSY(DISPLAY) 1 2 2 4 8
23・24 RLA132A008 LID ASSY,CONTROL 1
23 RLA132A007 LID,CONTROL 1
24 RLA132A005 COVER,LID 1
25 RKJ941F001A SPRING,LEAF 2
26 RLA129A023 COVER ASSY(TB) 1
27 RLA008A004J PARTS,STANDARD 1
28 RKT437A005 FILTER,LIGHT CLEAN 1
29 RKT437A801A FILTER,CLEAN(BIO) 1
30 RLA012A013G MANUAL,INSTRUCTION 1
31 RKX502A001C CONTROL ASSY,REMOTE 1 2 3 5 10
32 RKN032A002C HOLDER(REMO-CON) 1 1 1 1 2
(33) RLA011F002AD LABEL,MODEL NAME 1
NoteNo. Part No. Part Name RE.Q
-
96
-
CRAE0221
30
35
5
7
28
8
26
25
32
29
36
34
6
18
18
17
19
24
23
22
21
20
19
16
14
12
15
15
15
11
13
9
10
6
3
2
4
35
4
31
27
33
1
PANEL & FAN ASSY
-
97
-
DXK18ZJ-S
END ITEM NO. : RWA002F066BH
Recommendable Purchased Q'ty
10 30 50 100 500 1000
1～7 RLA102A002J PANEL ASSY,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
1 RLA122A001B PANEL,FRONT 1 1 1 1 2
2 RLA435A003 PANEL,AIR INLET 1 1 1 2 3
3 RLA437A001 FILTER,AIR 2 2 2 4 8 W315.5×H330.7(t2)
4 RLA129A017 CAP 2 1 1 1 2
5 RLA133A001 PLATE,ORNAMENT 1 1 1 1 2
6 RKX129A014 HOLDER,FILTER 2 1 1 1 2
7 RLA011G001B LABEL,WIRING 1
8～26 RLA435A001K GRILLE ASSY,AIR OUT 1 1 1 2 3
8 RLA435A002 GRILLE,AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 2 3
9 RLA436A001 FLAP(A) 1 1 1 2 2 UPPER
10 RLA436A002 FLAP(B) 1 1 1 2 2 LOWER
11・12 RLA436A003 LOUVER ASSY(R) 1 1 1 2 2
11 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
12 RLA129A008 PLATE,CONNECTING(R) 1 1 1 1 2
13・14 RLA436A004 LOUVER ASSY(L) 1 1 1 2 2
13 RLA436A005 LOUVER 5 1 1 2 2
14 RLA129A009 PLATE,CONNECTING(L) 1 1 1 1 2
15 RKW935C200 COLLAR 6
16 RLA129A013 BRACKET,MOTOR(L) 1 1 1 1 2
17 RLA129A014 BRACKET,MOTOR(R) 1 1 1 1 2
18 RKY144A004 CRANK(C) 2 1 1 1 2
19 SSA512T096 MOTOR,STEPPING 2 1 1 1 2
20・21 RLA129A018 BOX ASSY,GEAR 1 1 1 1 2
21 SSA512T049 MOTOR,STEPPING 1
1 1 1 2
22 RKS504A100M HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR FLAP MOTOR
23 RKS504A100N HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(LEFT)
24 RKS504A100P HARNESS ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
FOR LOUVER MOTOR(RIGHT)
25 SSA423A102 HOSE,DRAIN 1
26 SSA326A047 PLUG 1
27 RLA111A001A BASE ASSY 1
1 1 1 2
28 RLA129A001 CASE,MOTOR(U) 1
1 1 1 2
29 RLA129A002 CASE,MOTOR(L) 1
1 1 1 2
30 SSA923C069 BEARING,PLANE 1
1 1 1 2
31 SSA431G049A IMPELLER 1 1 1 2 4
32 SSA512T081B MOTOR,DC 1
1 1 1 2
33 RLA032A001 PLATE,INSTALLATION 1
1 1 1 2
34 RLA129A003 COVER(PIPE) 1
1 1 1 2
35 SSA913A007 SCREW,TAP 2 4×14
36 RLA132A001A LID 1 1 1 2 4
NoteNo. Part No. Part Name RE.Q
Loading...